The Ecclesiastical History of Sozomen 2

Sozomen (AD 400–450) · PG 67, 905–1589

2.1 The Discovery of the Life-Bringing Cross and of the Holy Nails

When the business at Nicæa had been transacted as above related, the priests returned home. The emperor rejoiced exceedingly at the restoration of unity of opinion in the Catholic Church, and desirous of expressing in behalf of himself, his children, and the empire, the gratitude towards God which the unanimity of the bishops inspired, he directed that a house of prayer should be erected to God at Jerusalem near the place called Calvary. At the same time his mother Helena repaired to the city for the purpose of offering up prayer, and of visiting the sacred places. Her zeal for Christianity made her anxious to find the wood which had formed the adorable cross. But it was no easy matter to discover either this relic or the Lord’s sepulchre; for the Pagans, who in former times had persecuted the Church, and who, at the first promulgation of Christianity, had had recourse to every artifice to exterminate it, had concealed that spot under much heaped up earth, and elevated what before was quite depressed, as it looks now, and the more effectually to conceal them, had enclosed the entire place of the resurrection and Mount Calvary within a wall, and had, moreover, ornamented the whole locality, and paved it with stone. They also erected a temple to Aphrodite, and set up a little image, so that those who repaired thither to worship Christ would appear to bow the knee to Aphrodite, and that thus the true cause of offering worship in that place would, in course of time, be forgotten; and that as Christians would not dare fearlessly to frequent the place or to point it out to others, the temple and statue would come to be regarded as exclusively appertaining to the Pagans. At length, however, the place was discovered, and the fraud about it so zealously maintained was detected; some say that the facts were first disclosed by a Hebrew who dwelt in the East, and who derived his information from some documents which had come to him by paternal inheritance; but it seems more accordant with truth to suppose that God revealed the fact by means of signs and dreams; for I do not think that human information is requisite when God thinks it best to make manifest the same. When by command of the emperor the place was excavated deeply, the cave whence our Lord arose from the dead was discovered; and at no great distance, three crosses were found and another separate piece of wood, on which were inscribed in white letters in Hebrew, in Greek, and in Latin, the following words: “Jesus of Nazareth, the king of the Jews.” These words, as the sacred book of the gospels relates, were placed by command of Pilate, governor of Judæa, over the head of Christ. There yet, however, remained a difficulty in distinguishing the Divine cross from the others; for the inscription had been wrenched from it and thrown aside, and the cross itself had been cast aside with the others, without any distinction, when the bodies of the crucified were taken down. For according to history, the soldiers found Jesus dead upon the cross, and they took him down, and gave him up to be buried; while, in order to accelerate the death of the two thieves, who were crucified on either hand, they broke their legs, and then took down the crosses, and flung them out of the way. It was no concern of theirs to deposit the crosses in their first order; for it was growing late, and as the men were dead, they did not think it worth while to remain to attend to the crosses. A more Divine information than could be furnished by man was therefore necessary in order to distinguish the Divine cross from the others, and this revelation was given in the following manner: There was a certain lady of rank in Jerusalem who was afflicted with a most grievous and incurable disease; Macarius, bishop of Jerusalem, accompanied by the mother of the emperor and her attendants, repaired to her bedside. After engaging in prayer, Macarius signified by signs to the spectators that the Divine cross would be the one which, on being brought in contact with the invalid, should remove the disease. He approached her in turn with each of the crosses; but when two of the crosses were laid on her, it seemed but folly and mockery to her for she was at the gates of death. When, however, the third cross was in like manner brought to her, she suddenly opened her eyes, regained her strength, and immediately sprang from her bed, well. It is said that a dead person was, in the same way, restored to life. The venerated wood having been thus identified, the greater portion of it was deposited in a silver case, in which it is still preserved in Jerusalem: but the empress sent part of it to her son Constantine, together with the nails by which the body of Christ had been fastened. Of these, it is related, the emperor had a head-piece and bit made for his horse, according to the prophecy of Zechariah, who referred to this period when he said, “that which shall be upon the bit of the horse shall be holy to the Lord Almighty.” These things, indeed, were formerly known to the sacred prophets, and predicted by them, and at length, when it seemed to God that they should be manifested, were confirmed by wonderful works. Nor does this appear so marvelous when it is remembered that, even among the Pagans, it was confessed that the Sibyl had predicted that thus it should be,—

“Oh most blessed tree, on which our Lord was hung.”

Our most zealous adversaries cannot deny the truth of this fact, and it is hence evident that a pre-manifestation was made of the wood of the cross, and of the adoration (σέβας) it received.

The above incidents we have related precisely as they were delivered to us by men of great accuracy, by whom the information was derived by succession from father to son; and others have recorded the same events in writing for the benefit of posterity.

Περὶ τῆς εὑρέσεως τοῦ ζωηφόρου σταυροῦ, καὶ ἁγίων ἥλων.

ΤΑ μὲν δὴ κατὰ Νίκαιαν μέχρι τούτου τέλος ἔσχε: καὶ τῶν ἱερέων ἕκαστος οἴκαδε ἐπανῆλθε. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔχαιρεν ὑπερφυῶς, συμφωνοῦσαν ὁρῶν περὶ τὸ δόγμα τὴν καθόλου ἐκκλησίαν: χαριστήριά τε ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ Θεῷ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁμονοίας τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ὑπέρ τε αὐτοῦ καὶ παίδων καὶ τῆς βασιλείας, ᾠήθη δεῖν οἶκον εὐκτήριον τῷ Θεῷ κατασκευάσαι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις,

ἀμφὶ τὸν καλούμενον Κρανίου τόπον. Περὶ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, καὶ Ἑλένη ἡ αὐτοῦ μήτηρ ἧκεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εὔξασθαί τε, καὶ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα ἱεροὺς ἱστορῆσαι τόπους. Εὐλαβῶς δὲ περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν διακειμένη, περὶ πολλοῦ ἐποιεῖτο τοῦ σεβασμίου σταυροῦ τὸ ξύλον ἐξευρεῖν.

Ἦν δὲ οὔτε τούτου, οὔτε τοῦ θεσπεσίου τάφου ἡ εὕρεσις ῥᾳδία. Οἱ γὰρ πάλαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διώξαντες Ἕλληνες, ἔτι φύεσθαι ἀρχομένην τὴν θρησκείαν πάσῃ μηχανῇ σπουδάσαντες ἐκτεμεῖν, ὑπὸ πολλῷ χώματι τὸν τῇδε τόπον κατέκρυψαν, καὶ εἰς ὕψος ἤγειραν βαθύτερον ὑπάρχοντα, ὡς καὶ νῦν φαίνεται. Περιλαβόντες δὲ πέριξ πάντα τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως χῶρον καὶ τοῦ Κρανίου, διεκόσμησαν, καὶ λίθῳ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν κατέστρωσαν: καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ναὸν κατεσκεύασαν, καὶ ζῴδιον ἱδρύσαντο: ὥστε τοὺς αὐτόθι τὸν Χριστὸν προσκυνοῦντας, δόξαι τὴν Ἀφροδίτην σέβειν: καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἀληθῆ αἰτίαν τοῦ περὶ τὸν τόπον σεβάσματος, μήτε τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀδεῶς εἰς τοῦτο φοιτᾷν, ἢ ἑτέροις καταμηνύειν τολμώντων, καὶ τοὐναντίον πιστουμένου τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀγάλματος.

Ἐγένετό γε μὴν δῆλος ὁ τόπος, καὶ ἐφωράθη ἡ σπουδασθεῖσα περὶ αὐτὸν πλάνη: ὡς μὲν τινὲς λέγουσιν, ἀνδρὸς Ἑβραίου τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω οἰκούντων, ἐκ πατρῴας γραφῆς καταμηνύσαντος: ὡς δὲ ἀληθέστερον ἐννοεῖν ἐστὶ, τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιδείξαντος διὰ σημείων καὶ ὀνειράτων. Οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι τὰ θεῖα δεῖσθαι τῆς παῤ ἀνθρώπων μηνύσεως, ἡνίκα ἂν δῆλα αὐτὰ τῷ Θεῷ δοκῇ γενέσθαι.

Τηνικαῦτα οὖν κατὰ πρόσταξιν τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ τῇδε χώρου καθαρθέντος εἰς βάθος, ἐν μέρει τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐφάνη ἄντρον. Ἑτέρωθι δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον τρεῖς εὑρέθησαν σταυροί: καὶ χωρὶς ἄλλο ξύλον ἐν τάξει λευκώματος ῥήμασι καὶ γράμμασιν Ἑβραϊκοῖς, Ἑλληνικοῖς τε καὶ Ῥωμαϊκοῖς, ταῦτα δηλοῦν, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν, ὡς ἡ ἱερὰ βίβλος τῶν εὐαγγελίων ἱστορεῖ, οὕτω συνέβη προγραφῆναι ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Πιλάτου τοῦτο προστάξαντος,

τοῦ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἐπιτροπεύοντος. Ἐργώδης δὲ ἔτι ἐτύγχανεν ἡ τοῦ θείου σταυροῦ διάκρισις, εἰ καὶ εὑρέθη, διερρυηκότος αὐτοῦ τοῦ γράμματος, καὶ διερριμμένου: ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν τριῶν σταυρῶν χύδην διεσπαρμένων, ὥς γε εἰκὸς, ἐν τῇ καθαιρέσει τῶν σταυρωθέντων σωμάτων συγχυθείσης τῆς τάξεως. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ στρατιῶται νεκρὸν ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ εὑρήκασι, καθελόντες αὐτὸν, πρῶτον ἀπέδοντο εἰς ταφὴν, κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν λῃστῶν ταχύναντες τὸν θάνατον, τὰ σκέλη κατέαξαν, καὶ τὰ ξύλα ὅπη ἔτυχεν, ἄλλο ἄλλῃ ἔρριψαν. Τί γὰρ καὶ ἐπιμελὲς αὐτοῖς, ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ τάξει ταῦτα ἐᾷν, ἑκάστου φθάσαι τὴν ἑσπέραν σπουδάζοντος, καὶ ἀνδρῶν βίᾳ τετελευτηκότων περὶ σταυροὺς ἐνδιατρίβειν οὐκ

ἀγαθὸν ἡγουμένου. Ταύτῃ οὖν ἀδήλου τυγχάνοντος ἔτι τοῦ θείου ξύλου, καὶ θειοτέρας ἣ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον δεομένου μηνύσεως, τοιόνδέ τι συνέβη. Γυνή τις ἦν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις τῶν ἐπισήμων, χαλεπωτάτῳ καὶ ἀνιάτῳ νόσῳ κάμνουσα. Πρὸς ταύτην κειμένην ἦλθε Μακάριος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπος, παραλαβὼν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως μητέρα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ̓ αὐτόν. Εὐξάμενός τε πρότερον, καὶ σύμβολον τάξας τοῖς ὁρῶσιν, ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τὸν θεῖον σταυρὸν, ὃς ἐπιτεθεὶς ἀπαλλάξει τῆς νόσου τὴν γυναῖκα, φέρων ἕκαστον αὐτῇ τῶν ξύλων προσήγαγεν. Ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν δύο ἐπιτεθέντων, οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ λῆρος καὶ γέλως ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὸ γινόμενον, θανάτου ἐν θύραις ὄντος τοῦ γυναίου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ τρίτον ξύλον ὁμοίως προσήνεγκεν, ἐξαπίνης ἀνέβλεψε, καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀθροίσασα, παραχρῆμα τῆς στρωμνῆς ὑγιὴς ἀπεπήδησε.

Λέγεται δὲ καὶ νεκρὸν τῷ ἴσῳ τρόπῳ ἀναβιῶναι.

Τοῦ δὲ εὑρεθέντος θεσπεσίου ξύλου, τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον ἐν ἀργυρᾷ θήκῃ μένον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις φυλάττεται.

Μέρος δὲ ἡ βασιλὶς πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον τὸν παῖδα διεκόμισεν: οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἥλους οἷς τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ διαπεπερόνητο. Ἐκ τούτων δὲ ἱστοροῦσι, περικεφαλαίαν τὸν βασιλέα κατασκευάσαι, καὶ χαλινὸν ἵππου, κατὰ τὴν Ζαχαρίου προφητείαν: ᾧ δὴ προείρηται, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ, ἔσται τὸ ἐπὶ τὸν χαλινὸν τοῦ ἵππου ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ παντοκράτορι.

Ὧδε γὰρ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ὁ προφήτης φησί. Ταῦτα πάλαι μὲν ἔγνωστο καὶ προείρητο τοῖς ἱεροῖς προφήταις: εἰς ὕστερον δὲ διὰ θαυμασίων ἐβεβαιοῦτο τῶν ἔργων, ὅτε ἐν καιρῷ δοκοῦν εἶναι τῷ Θεῷ κατεφαίνετο. Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὔπω τοσοῦτον, ὅπου γε καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνωμολόγηται Σιβύλλης εἶναι τοῦτο, Ὧ ξύλον μακαριστὸν, ἐφ̓ οὗ Θεὸς ἐξετανύσθη. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ σπουδάζων τὶς ἐναντίος εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθείη. Προὐσήμαινεν οὖν τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ ξύλον,

καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ σέβας. Τάδε μὲν ἡμῖν ὡς παρειλήφαμεν ἱστόρηται, ἀνδρῶν τε ἀκριβῶς ἐπισταμένων ἀκούσασιν, εἰς οὓς ἐκ διαδοχῆς πατέρων εἰς παῖδας τὸ μανθάνειν παρεγένετο, καὶ ὅσοι γε αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα συγγράψαντες, ὡς δυνάμεως εἶχον, τοῖς ἔπειτα καταλελοίπασιν.

2.2 Concerning Helena, the Mother of the Emperor; she visited Jerusalem, built Temples in that City, and performed other Godly Works: Her Death

About this period, the emperor, having determined upon erecting a temple in honor of God, charged the governors to see that the work was executed in the most magnificent and costly manner possible. His mother Helena also erected two temples, the one at Bethlehem near the cave where Christ was born, the other on ridges of the Mount of Olives, whence He was taken up to heaven. Many other acts show her piety and religiousness, among which the following is not the least remarkable: During her residence at Jerusalem, it is related that she assembled the sacred virgins at a feast, ministered to them at supper, presented them with food, poured water on their hands, and performed other similar services customary to those who wait upon guests. When she visited the cities of the East, she bestowed befitting gifts on the churches in every town, enriched those individuals who had been deprived of their possessions, supplied ungrudgingly the necessities of the poor, and restored to liberty those who had been long imprisoned, or condemned to exile or the mines. It seems to me that so many holy actions demanded a recompense; and indeed, even in this life, she was raised to the summit of magnificence and splendor; she was proclaimed Augusta; her image was stamped on golden coins, and she was invested by her son with authority over the imperial treasury to give it according to her judgment. Her death, too, was glorious; for when, at the age of eighty, she quitted this life, she left her son and her descendants (like her of the race of Cæsar), masters of the Roman world. And if there be any advantage in such fame—forgetfulness did not conceal her though she was dead—the coming age has the pledge of her perpetual memory; for two cities are named after her, the one in Bithynia, and the other in Palestine. Such is the history of Helena.

Περὶ Ἑλένης τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως μητρὸς, καὶ ὡς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα παραγενομένη ναοὺς ᾠκοδόμησε, καὶ ἀλλὰ θεοφιλῆ διεπράξατο ἔργα: καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς τελευτῆς.

Ἀμφὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χῶρον, προθέμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ναὸν ἐγεῖραι τῷ Θεῷ, προσέταξε τοῖς τῇδε ἄρχουσι, προνοεῖν ὡς ἂν μάλιστα μεγαλοφυὲς καὶ πολυτελὲς ἀποδειχθείη τὸ ἔργον. Ἐν μέρει δὲ καὶ Ἑλένη ἡ αὐτοῦ μήτηρ, δύο ναοὺς ᾠκοδόμησε, τὸν μὲν ἐν Βηθλεὲμ, ἀμφὶ τὸ τῆς γεννήσεως Χριστοῦ σπήλαιον: τὸν δὲ, πρὸς ταῖς ἀκρωρείαις τοῦ ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν,

ὅθεν ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνελήφθη. Ταύτης δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα δείκνυσι τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ εὐλάβειαν: οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ τόδε. Λέγεται γὰρ αὐτὴν τότε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις διατρίβουσαν, συγκαλέσαι πρὸς ἑστίασιν τὰς ἱερὰς παρθένους, καὶ ὑπηρέτιν γενέσθαι περὶ τὸ δεῖπνον, παρατιθεῖσαν τὰ ὄψα, καὶ ὕδωρ ταῖς χερσὶν ἐπιχέουσαν, καὶ τ̓ ἄλλα ποιοῦσαν, ἃ θέμις διακονεῖσθαι τοὺς τῶν δαιτυμόνων θεράποντας.

Τηνικαῦτα δὲ τὰς πόλεις τῆς ἕω περιϊοῦσα, τὰς μὲν κατὰ πόλιν ἐκκλησίας ἀναθήμασι τοῖς προσήκουσιν ἐτίμησε: πολλοὺς δὲ οὐσιῶν ἐκπεπτωκότας, πλουσίους ἐποίησε: πενομένοις δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀφθόνως διένειμε: τοὺς δὲ χρονίων δεσμῶν καὶ ὑπερορίας φυγῆς καὶ μετάλλων ἠλευθέρωσε. Καί μοι δοκεῖ τούτων ἀξίως ἀπειληφέναι τὰς ἀμοιβάς.

Καὶ τὴν μὲν ἐνταῦθα βιοτὴν, ὡς οὐ πλέον ἐνεδέχετο, λαμπρῶς καὶ λίαν ἐπισήμως διήνυσε: σεβαστή τε ἀνεκηρύχθη, καὶ εἰκόνι ἰδίᾳ χρυσοῦν νόμισμα κατεσήμανε: καὶ βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τοῦ παιδὸς λαβοῦσα, κατὰ γνώμην ἐχρῆτο. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔδει τὸν τῇδε καταλιπεῖν βίον, εὐκλεῶς ἐτελεύτησεν: ἔτη μὲν ἀμφὶ τὰ ὀγδοήκοντα γεγονυῖα, τὸν παῖδα καταλιποῦσα ἅμα Καίσαρσιν αὐτῆς ἐκγόνοις, πάσης τῆς Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένης ἡγούμενον.

Εἰ δέ τις ἐστὶ καὶ τούτων ὄνησις, οὐδὲ τελευτήσασαν ἡ λήθη ἐκάλυψεν: ἔχει δὲ αὐτῆς διηνεκοῦς μνήμης ἐνέχυρον ὁ μέλλων αἰὼν, τὴν ἐπὶ Βιθυνίας πόλιν, καὶ ἐτέραν παρὰ Παλαιστινοῖς, ἀπ’ αὐτῆς λαβούσας τὴν προσηγορίαν. Ταῦτα μὲν ἡμῖν ὧδε περὶ Ἑλένης εἰρήσθω.

2.3 Temples Built by Constantine the Great; the City called by his Name; its Founding; the Buildings within it; the Temple of Michael the Archsoldier, in the Sosthenium, and the Miracles which have occurred there

The emperor, always intent on the advancement of religion, erected the most beautiful temples to God in every place, particularly in metropolises, such as Nicomedia in Bithynia, Antioch on the river Orontes, and Byzantium. He greatly improved this latter city, and constituted it the equal of Rome in power, and participation in the government; for, when he had settled the affairs of the empire according to his own mind, and had rectified foreign affairs by wars and treaties, he resolved upon founding a city which should be called by his own name, and should be equal in celebrity to Rome. With this intention, he repaired to a plain at the foot of Troy, near the Hellespont, above the tomb of Ajax, where, it is said, the Achaians had their naval stations and tents while besieging Troy; and here he laid the plan of a large and beautiful city, and built the gates on an elevated spot of ground, whence they are still visible from the sea to those sailing by. But when he had advanced thus far, God appeared to him by night, and commanded him to seek another spot. Led by the hand of God, he arrived at Byzantium in Thrace, beyond Chalcedon in Bithynia, and here he was desired to build his city and to render it worthy of the name of Constantine. In obedience to the words of God, he therefore enlarged the city formerly called Byzantium, and surrounded it with high walls. He also erected magnificent dwelling houses southward through the regions. Since he was aware that the former population was insufficient for so great a city, he peopled it with men of rank and their households, whom he summoned hither from the elder Rome and from other countries. He imposed taxes to cover the expenses of building and adorning the city, and of supplying its inhabitants with food, and providing the city with all the other requisites. He adorned it sumptuously with a hippodrome, fountains, porticos, and other structures. He named it New Rome and Constantinople, and constituted it the imperial capital for all the inhabitants of the North, the South, the East, and the shores of the Mediterranean, from the cities on the Ister and from Epidamnus and the Ionian gulf, to Cyrene and that part of Libya called Borium.

He constructed another council house which they call senate; he ordered the same honors and festal days as those customary to the other Romans, and he did not fail studiously to make the city which bore his name equal in every respect to that of Rome in Italy; nor were his wishes thwarted; for by the assistance of God, it had to be confessed as great in population and wealth. I know of no cause to account for this extraordinary aggrandizement, unless it be the piety of the builder and of the inhabitants, and their compassion and liberality towards the poor. The zeal they manifested for the Christian faith was so great that many of the Jewish inhabitants and most of the Greeks were converted. As this city became the capital of the empire during the period of religious prosperity, it was not polluted by altars, Grecian temples, nor sacrifices; and although Julian authorized the introduction of idolatry for a short space of time, it soon afterwards became extinct. Constantine further honored this newly compacted city of Christ, named after himself, by adorning it with numerous and magnificent houses of prayer. And the Deity also co-operated with the spirit of the emperor, and by Divine manifestations persuaded men that these prayer houses in the city were holy and salvatory. According to the general opinion of foreigners and citizens, the most remarkable church was that built in a place formerly called Hestiæ. This place, which is now called Michaelium, lies to the right of those who sail from Pontus to Constantinople, and is about thirty-five stadia distant from the latter city by water, but if you make the circuit of the bay, the journey between them is seventy stadia and upwards. This place obtained the name which now prevails, because it is believed that Michael, the Divine archangel, once appeared there. And I also affirm that this is true, because I myself received the greatest benefits, and the experience of really helpful deeds on the part of many others proves this to be so. For some who had fallen into fearful reverses or unavoidable dangers, others with disease and unknown sufferings, there prayed to God, and met with a change in their misfortunes. I should be prolix were I to give details of circumstance and person. But I cannot omit mentioning the case of Aquilinus, who is even at the present time residing with us, and who is an advocate in the same court of justice as that to which we belong. I shall relate what I heard from him concerning this occurrence and what I saw. Being attacked with a severe fever, arising from a yellowish bile, the physicians gave him some foreign drug to drink. This he vomited, and, by the effort of vomiting, diffused the bile, which tinged his countenance with a yellow color. Hence he had to vomit all his food and drink. For a long time he remained in this state; and since his nourishment would not be quiet in him, the skill of the physicians was at a loss for the suffering. Finding that he was already half dead, he commanded his servant to carry him to the house of prayer; for he affirmed earnestly that there he would either die or be freed from his disease. While he was lying there, a Divine Power appeared to him by night, and commanded him to dip his foot in a confection made of honey, wine, and pepper. The man did so, and was freed from his complaint, although the prescription was contrary to the professional rules of the physicians, a confection of so very hot a nature being considered adverse to a bilious disorder. I have also heard that Probianus, one of the physicians of the palace, who was suffering greatly from a disease in the feet, likewise met with deliverance from sickness at this place, and was accounted worthy of being visited with a wonderful and Divine vision. He had formerly been attached to the Pagan superstitions, but afterwards became a Christian; yet, while he admitted in one way or another the probability of the rest of our doctrines, he could not understand how, by the Divine cross, the salvation of all is effected. While his mind was in doubt on this subject, the symbol of the cross, which lay on the altar of this church, was pointed out to him in the Divine vision, and he heard a voice openly declaring that, as Christ had been crucified on the cross, the necessities of the human race or of individuals, whatsoever they might be, could not be met by the ministration of Divine angels or of pious and good men; for that there was no power to rectify apart from the venerated cross. I have only recorded a few of the incidents which I know to have taken place in this temple, because there is not time to recount them all.

Περὶ τῶν ναῶν οὓς ὁ μέγας ᾠκοδόμησε Κωνσταντῖνος: καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐπωνύμου πόλεως, ὅπως ἐκτίσθη, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἔσω αὐτῆς κτισμάτων. ἔτι δὲ περὶ τοῦ εἰς Σωσθένιον ναοῦ τοῦ ἀρχιστρατήγου Μιχαήλου, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε γινομένων θαυμάτων.

Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀεί τι πονῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν συνετέλει, καὶ πανταχοῦ περικαλλεστάτους ναοὺς ἀνίστη τῷ Θεῷ. Διαφερόντως δὲ ἐν ταῖς μητροπόλεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς Νικομηδείας τῆς Βιθυνῶν, καὶ Ἀντιοχείας τῆς παρὰ τὸν Ὀρρόντην ποταμὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Βυζαντίων πόλεως, ἣν ἴσα Ῥώμῃ κρατεῖν καὶ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς κατεστήσατο.

Ἐπεὶ γὰρ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ πάντα προὐχώρει, κατώρθωτο δὲ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους πολέμοις καὶ σπονδαῖς, ἔγνωκεν οἰκίσαι πόλιν ὁμώνυμον ἑαυτῷ, καὶ τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὁμότιμον. Καταλαβὼν δὲ τὸ πρὸ τοῦ Ἰλίου πεδίον, παρὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὑπὲρ τὸν Αἴαντος τάφον, οὗ δὴ λέγεται τὸν ναύσταθμον καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἐσχηκέναι τοὺς ἐπὶ Τροίαν τότε στρατευσαμένους Ἀχαιοὺς, οἵαν ἐχρῆν καὶ ὅσην, τὴν πόλιν διέγραψε: καὶ πύλας κατεσκεύασεν ἐν περιωπῇ, αἳ δὴ νῦν ἔτι ἀπὸ θαλάσσης φαίνονται τοῖς παραπλέουσι.

Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτῷ πονοῦντι, νύκτωρ ἐπιφανεὶς ὁ Θεὸς, ἔχρησεν ἕτερον ἐπιζητεῖν τόπον. Καὶ κινήσας αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Βυζάντιον τῆς Θρᾴκης, πέραν Χαλκηδόνος τῆς Βιθυνῶν, ταύτην αὐτῷ οἰκίζειν ἀπέφῃνε πόλιν, καὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου ἐπωνυμίας ἀξιοῦν. Ὁ δὲ, τοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγοις πεισθεὶς, τὴν πρὶν Βυζάντιον προσαγορευομένην εἰς εὐρυχωρίαν ἐκτείνας, μεγίστοις τείχεσι περιέβαλεν.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτόχθονας οὐχ ἱκανοὺς ἐνόμισεν πολίτας τῷ μεγέθει τῆς πόλεως, μεγίστας οἰκίας ἀνὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς σποράδην οἰκοδομήσας, ἄνδρας ἐν λόγῳ σὺν τοῖς οἰκείοις δεσπότας ποιήσας, ἐν ταύταις κατῴκισε: τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῆς πρεσβυτέρας Ῥώμης, τοὺς δὲ ἐξ ἑτέρων ἐθνῶν μετακαλεσάμενος.

Φόρους δὲ τάξας, τοὺς μὲν εἰς οἰκοδομὰς καὶ κάλλη τῆς πόλεως, τοὺς δὲ εἰς ἀποτροφὴν τῶν πολιτῶν, ἅπασί τε τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν διαθεὶς, ἱπποδρόμῳ τε καὶ κρήναις καὶ στοαῖς καὶ λοιποῖς οἰκοδομήμασι φιλοτίμως κοσμήσας, νέαν Ῥώμην Κωνσταντινούπολιν ὠνόμασε: καὶ βασιλίδα κατέστησε τῶν ὅσοι τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον γῆν οἰκοῦσι πρὸς ἄρκτον καὶ νότον καὶ ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα, καὶ τὰ ἐν μέσῳ πελάγη, ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἴστρον πόλεων, καὶ Ἐπιδάμνου, τῶν πρὸς τῷ Ἰονίῳ κόλπῳ, μέχρι Κυρήνης καὶ τῶν τῇδε Λιβύων παρὰ τὸ Βόρειον καλούμενον.

Βουλευτήριόν τε μέγα, ἣν σύγκλητον ὀνομάζουσιν, ἕτερον συνεστήσατο, τὰς αὐτὰς τάξας τιμὰς καὶ ἱερομηνίας, ᾗ καὶ Ῥωμαίοις τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἔθος. Ἐν πᾶσι δὲ δεῖξαι σπουδάσας ἐφάμιλλον τῇ παρὰ Ἰταλοῖς Ῥώμῃ τὴν ὁμώνυμον αὐτοῦ πόλιν, οὐ διήμαρτεν. Εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ, σὺν Θεῷ φᾶναι, ἐπέδωκεν, ὡς καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ τοῖς χρήμασι μείζονα συνομολογεῖσθαι.

Τούτου δὲ πρόφασιν ἡγοῦμαι, τὸ τοῦ οἰκιστῆρος καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως θεοφιλὲς, καὶ τῶν οἰκητόρων τὸν περὶ τοὺς ἐνδεἑ??ʼ ἔλεον καὶ φιλοτιμίαν. Εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως ἐπαγωγός ἐστιν, ὡς πολλοὺς μὲν Ἰουδαίους, Ἕλληνας δὲ σχεδὸν ἅπαντας αὐτόθι χριστιανίζειν. Ἀρξαμένη δὲ βασιλεύειν καθ̓ ὃν συνέβη χρόνον καὶ τὴν θρησκείαν εἰς πλῆθος ἐπιδιδόναι, οὔτε βωμῶν, οὔτε Ἑλληνικῶν ναῶν ἢ θυσιῶν ἐπειράθη, πλὴν ὅσον παρὰ Ἰουλιανοῦ τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος ὕστερον πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπεχειρήθη, καὶ αὐτίκα ἀπέσβη. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν ὡσεί τινα νεοπαγῆ Χριστοῦ πόλιν καὶ ὁμώνυμον ἑαυτῷ γεραίρων Κωνσταντῖνος,

πολλοῖς καὶ μεγίστοις ἐκόσμησεν εὐκτηρίοις οἴκοις. Συνελαμβάνετο δὲ καὶ τὸ θεῖον τῇ προθυμίᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ταῖς ἐπιφανείαις ἐπιστοῦτο ἁγίους καὶ σωτηρίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν εὐκτηρίους οἴκους. Ἐπισημότατον δὲ μάλιστα ξένοις τε καὶ ἀστοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνου γενέσθαι συνωμολόγηται τὴν ἐν ταῖς Ἑστίαις ποτὲ καλουμέναις ἐκκλησίαν. Τόπος δὲ οὗτος ὁ νῦν Μιχαήλιον ὀνομαζόμενος, ἐν δεξιᾶ καταπλέοντι ἐκ Πόντου εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν: διεστὼς αὐτῆς πλωτῆρι μὲν, ἀμφὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε στάδια:

ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ καὶ πρὸς, κύκλῳ περιοδεύοντι τὸν διὰ μέσου πορθμόν. Ἔλαχε δὲ τὸ χωρίον τοῦτο τὴν νυνὶ κρατοῦσαν προσηγορίαν, καθότι πεπίστευται ἐνθάδε ἐπιφαίνεσθαι Μιχαὴλ τὸν θεῖον ἀρχάγγελον. Τοῦτο δὲ κᾀγὼ εὐηργετημένος τὰ μέγιστα, ἀληθὲς εἶναι σύμφημι. Δεικνύει δὲ τοῦθ̓ οὕτως ἔχειν, καὶ ἀπὸ πολλῶν ἄλλων ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων πεῖρα: οἱ μὲν γὰρ περιπετείαις δειναῖς ἢ κινδύνοις ἀφύκτοις, οἱ δὲ νόσοις ἢ πάθεσιν ἀγνώστοις περιπεσόντες, εὐξάμενοι ἐνταῦθα τῷ Θεῷ,

ἀπαλλαγὴν εὑρήκασιν τῶν συμφορῶν. Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν καθ̓ ἕκαστον, ὅπως συνέβη καὶ τίσι, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη λέγειν: οἷον δὲ Ἀκυλίνῳ ὑπῆρξεν, ἀνδρὶ εἰσέτι νῦν ἡμῖν συνδιατρίβοντι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικαστηρίοις δίκας ἀγορεύοντι, τὰ μὲν παῤ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσας, τὰ δὲ καὶ θεασάμενος, ἀναγκαίως ἐρῶ. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ λάβρος πυρετὸς ὑπὸ ξανθῆς χολῆς κινηθεὶς ἐπέλαβεν αὐτὸν, ἐπήλυτόν τι φάρμακον δεδώκασιν αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἱ ἰατροί: καὶ τοῦτο ἐξήμεσεν, ἅμα δὲ τῷ ἐμέτῳ ἐκχυθεῖσα ἡ χολὴ, πρὸς ὁμόχροον ἰδέαν ἔβαψε τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν: ἐκ τούτου δὲ πᾶν ὄψον καὶ ποτὸν ἐξήμει. Ὡς δὲ ἐπὶ πολλῷ τῷ χρόνῳ τοῦτο ὑπέμεινε, μὴ ἠρεμούσης τε ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς τροφῆς, ἠπόρει πρὸς τὸ πάθος ἡ τῶν ἰατρῶν τέχνη.

Καὶ ἤδη ἡμιθανὴς ὢν, παρεκελεύσατο τοῖς οἰκείοις φέρειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν εὐκτήριον οἶκον, ἰσχυρισάμενος ἢ αὐτόθι ἀποθανεῖσθαι, ἢ τῆς νόσου ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι. Κειμένῳ δὲ ἐνθάδε, νύκτωρ ἐπιφανεῖσα θεία δύναμις, προσέταξε τὰ ἐσθιόμενα πόματι βάπτειν τοιούτῳ, ὃ σύνθετον ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ οἴνου καὶ πεπέρεως ἀναμιγνυμένων ἅμα, τὴν κατασκευὴν ἔχει. Ὃ δὴ τῆς νόσου ἀπήλλαξε τὸν ἄνθρωπον: καίτοιγε τοῖς ἰατροῖς κατὰ λόγον τῆς τέχνης ἐναντίον ἐδόκει παθήμασι ξανθῆς χολῆς πόμα τὸ θερμότατον.

Ἐπυθόμην δὲ καὶ Προβιανὸν, ἄνδρα τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στρατευσαμένων ἰατρῶν, χαλεπῶς ὑπὸ πάθους ποδῶν ὀδυνώμενον, ἐνθάδε τῶν ἀλγηδόνων ἀπαλλαγῆναι, καὶ παραδόξου θείας ὄψεως ἀξιωθῆναι. Ἑλληνίζοντι γὰρ αὐτῷ τὰ πρῶτα, ἐπεὶ χριστιανίζειν ἤρξατο, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα τοῦ δόγματος ἀμωσγέπως πιθανὰ ἐδόκει: τὸ δὲ τῆς πάντων σωτηρίας αἴτιον γενέσθαι τὸν θεῖον σταυρὸν, οὐ προσίετο.

Ὧδε δὲ ἔχοντι γνώμης, θεία προφανεῖσα ὄψις ἔδειξέ τι σταυροῦ σύμβολον τῶν ἀνακειμένων τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας: καὶ διαρρήδην ἀπεφῄνατο, ἀφ̓ οὗ ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Χριστὸς, τῶν ὅσα γέγονεν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ κοινῇ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους, ἢ ἰδίᾳ τινῶν, ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ σεβασμίου σταυροῦ δυνάμεως μηδὲν κατορθῶσαι μήτε τοὺς θείους ἀγγέλους, μήτε τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, ὅτι μὴ πάντα καταλέγειν καιρὸς, ἐξ ὧν ἔγνων συμβεβηκέναι ἐν τῷδε τῷ νεῷ, εἰπεῖν προήχθην.

2.4 What Constantine the Great effected about the Oak in Mamre; he also built a Temple

I consider it necessary to detail the proceedings of Constantine in relation to what is called the oak of Mamre. This place is now called Terebinthus, and is about fifteen stadia distant from Hebron, which lies to the south, but is two hundred and fifty stadia distant from Jerusalem. It is recorded that here the Son of God appeared to Abraham, with two angels, who had been sent against Sodom, and foretold the birth of his son. Here the inhabitants of the country and of the regions round Palestine, the Phœnicians, and the Arabians, assemble annually during the summer season to keep a brilliant feast; and many others, both buyers and sellers, resort thither on account of the fair. Indeed, this feast is diligently frequented by all nations: by the Jews, because they boast of their descent from the patriarch Abraham; by the Pagans, because angels there appeared to men; and by Christians, because He who for the salvation of mankind was born of a virgin, afterwards manifested Himself there to a godly man. This place was moreover honored fittingly with religious exercises. Here some prayed to the God of all; some called upon the angels, poured out wine, burnt incense, or offered an ox, or he-goat, a sheep, or a cock. Each one made some beautiful product of his labor, and after carefully husbanding it through the entire year, he offered it according to promise as provision for that feast, both for himself and his dependents. And either from honor to the place, or from fear of Divine wrath, they all abstained from coming near their wives, although during the feast these were more than ordinarily studious of their beauty and adornment. Nor, if they chanced to appear and to take part in the public processions, did they act at all licentiously. Nor did they behave imprudently in any other respect, although the tents were contiguous to each other, and they all lay promiscuously together. The place is open country, and arable, and without houses, with the exception of the buildings around Abraham’s old oak and the well he prepared. No one during the time of the feast drew water from that well; for according to Pagan usage, some placed burning lamps near it; some poured out wine, or cast in cakes; and others, coins, myrrh, or incense. Hence, as I suppose, the water was rendered useless by commixture with the things cast into it. Once whilst these customs were being celebrated by the Pagans, after the aforesaid manner, and as was the established usage with hilarity, the mother-in-law of Constantine was present for prayer, and apprised the emperor of what was being done. On receiving this information, he rebuked the bishops of Palestine in no measured terms, because they had neglected their duty, and had permitted a holy place to be defiled by impure libations and sacrifices; and he expressed his godly censure in an epistle which he wrote on the subject to Macarius, bishop of Jerusalem, to Eusebius Pamphilus, and to the bishops of Palestine. He commanded these bishops to hold a conference on this subject with the Phœnician bishops, and issue directions for the demolition, from the foundations, of the altar formerly erected there, the destruction of the carved images by fire, and the erection of a church worthy of so ancient and so holy a place. The emperor finally enjoined, that no libations or sacrifices should be offered on the spot, but that it should be exclusively devoted to the worship of God according to the law of the Church; and that if any attempt should be made to restore the former rites, the bishops were to inform against the delinquent, in order that he might be subjected to the greatest punishment. The governors and priests of Christ strictly enforced the injunctions contained in the emperor’s letter.

Οἷα ὁ μέγας Κωνσταντῖνος περὶ τὴν Μαμβρῆ δρῦν διεπράξατο, καὶ ὡς ναὸν ᾠκοδόμησεν.

Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ ἐξελθεῖν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ καλουμένην βεβουλευμένα Κωνσταντίνῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ. Τόπος δὲ οὗτος, ὃν νῦν Τερέβινθον προσαγορεύουσιν, ἀπὸ δέκα καὶ πέντε σταδίων γείτονα τὴν Χεβρῶν πρὸς μεσημβρίαν ἔχων,

Ἱεροσολύμων δὲ διεστὼς ἀμφὶ διακόσια καὶ πεντήκοντα στάδια. Οὗ δὴ λόγος ἐστὶν ἀληθὴς, ἅμα τοῖς κατὰ Σοδομιτῶν ἀποσταλεῖσιν ἀγγέλοις καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ φανῆναι τῷ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ τοῦ παιδὸς τὴν γένεσιν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ λαμπρὰν εἰσέτι νῦν ἐτήσιον πανήγυριν ἄγουσιν ὥρᾳ θέρους οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, καὶ οἱ προσωτέρω Παλαιστινοὶ καὶ Φοίνικες καὶ Ἀρράβιοι.

Συνίασι δὲ πλεῖστοι καὶ ἐμπορείας ἕνεκα, πωλήσοντες καὶ ἀγοράσοντες: πᾶσι γὰρ περισπούδαστος ἡ ἑορτή: Ἰουδαίοις μὲν, καθότι πατριάρχην αὐχοῦσι τὸν Ἀβραάμ: Ἕλλησι δὲ, διὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τῶν ἀγγέλων: τοῖς δ’ αὖ Χριστιανοῖς, ὅτι καὶ τότε ἐπεφάνη τῷ εὐσεβεῖ ἀνδρὶ, χρόνοις ὕστερον ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους διὰ τῆς παρθένου φανερῶς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδείξας. Προσφόρως δὲ ταῖς θρησκείαις τιμῶσι τοῦτον τὸν χῶρον, οἱ μὲν, εὐχόμενοι τῷ πάντων Θεῷ: οἱ δὲ, τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἐπικαλούμενοι, καὶ οἶνον σπένδοντες, καὶ λίβανον θύοντες, ἢ βοῦν ἢ τράγον, ἢ πρόβατον ἢ ἀλεκτρυόνα.

Ὃ γὰρ ἕκαστος ἐσπουδασμένον καὶ καλὸν εἶχε, διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔτους ἐπιμελῶς τρέφων, καθ̓ ὑπόσχεσιν εἰς εὐωχίαν τῆς ἐνθάδε ἑορτῆς ἐφύλαττεν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις. Τιμῶντες δὲ τὸν τόπον πάντες, ἢ διὰ θεομηνίας κακῶς παθεῖν φυλαττόμενοι, οὔτε γυναιξὶν ἐνθάδε συνουσιάζουσιν, ὡς ἐν ἑορτῇ κάλλους καὶ κόσμου πλείονος ἐπιμελουμέναις, καὶ εἰ ἔτυχε φαινομέναις τε καὶ προϊούσαις, οὔτε ἄλλως ἀκολασταίνουσι: καὶ ταῦτα ἐπίπαν ὁμοῦ τὰς σκηνὰς ἔχοντες, καὶ ἀναμὶξ καθεύδοντες.

Αἴθριος γὰρ καὶ ἀρόσιμός ἐστιν ὁ χῶρος, καὶ οὐκ ἔχων οἰκήματα, ἢ μόνα τὰ περὶ τὴν δρῦν πάλαι τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γενόμενα, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ τὸ παῤ αὐτοῦ κατασκευασθέν περὶ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς πανηγύρεως, οὐδεὶς ἐντεῦθεν ὑδρεύετο. Νόμῳ γὰρ Ἑλληνικῷ, οἱ μὲν λύχνους ἡμμένους ἐνθάδε ἐτίθεσαν: οἱ δὲ οἶνον ἐπέχεον, ἢ πόπανα ἔρριπτον: ἄλλοι δὲ νομίσματα, ἢ μύρα, ἢ θυμιάματα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ὥς γε εἰκὸς, ἀχρεῖον τὸ ὕδωρ ἐγένετο τῇ μετουσίᾳ τῶν ἐμβαλλομένων.

Ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ἡδέως ᾗ θέμις Ἕλλησιν ἐπιτελούμενα, παραγενομένη ποτὲ ἐνθάδε κατ’ εὐχὴν ἡ τῆς γαμετῆς Κωνσταντίνου μήτηρ, τῷ βασιλεῖ κατήγγειλεν. Ὁ δὲ πυθόμενος, οὐ μετρίως ᾐτιᾶτο τοὺς Παλαιστίνης ἐπισκόπους, ὡς τοῦ προσήκοντος ὀλιγωρήσαντας, καὶ τὸν τόπον ἅγιον ὄντα ὑπεριδόντας σπονδαῖς καὶ θύμασι βεβήλοις μιαίνεσθαι.

Δείκνυσι δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐσεβῆ μέμψιν, ἡ περὶ τούτου γραφεῖσα ἐπιστολὴ Μακαρίῳ τῷ Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπισκόπῳ, καὶ Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Παμφίλου, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Παλαιστινῶν ἐπισκόποις: οὓς καὶ κατὰ ταυτὸν συνελθεῖν προσέταξε τοῖς ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐπισκόποις: ὥστε τοῦ πρότερον ἐνθάδε βωμοῦ ἀνακαθαιρουμένου ἐκ βάθρων, πυρί τε τῶν ξοάνων παραδεδομένων, ἐκκλησίαν αὐτόθι διαγράψαι, τῆς τοῦ τόπου ἀρχαιότητος καὶ σεμνότητος ἀξίαν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ προνοεῖν, ἐλεύθερον σπονδῶν καὶ θυμάτων τοῦτον εἶναι: ὥστε μηδὲν ἕτερον πράττεσθαι, ἢ τὸν Θεὸν θρησκεύειν κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας νόμον.

εἰ δὲ τὰ πρότερόν τις ἐπιχειρῶν ἁλοίη, τοὺς ἐπισκόπους μηνύειν, ὥστε αὐτὸν μεγίστην τιμωρίαν ἐπαγαγεῖν. Κατὰ ταύτην τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν, ἄρχοντες καὶ ἱερεῖς Χριστοῦ ἔργῳ τὰ προστεταγμένα παρέδοσαν.

2.5 Constantine destroyed the Places dedicated to the Idols, and persuaded the People to prefer Christianity

As many nations and cities throughout the whole realm of his subjects retained a feeling of fear and veneration towards their vain idols, which led them to disregard the doctrines of the Christians, and to have a care for their ancient customs, and the manners and feasts of their fathers, it appeared necessary to the emperor to teach the governors to suppress their superstitious rites of worship. He thought that this would be easily accomplished if he could get them to despise their temples and the images contained therein. To carry this project into execution he did not require military aid; for Christian men belonging to the palace went from city to city bearing imperial letters. The people were induced to remain passive from the fear that, if they resisted these edicts, they, their children, and their wives, would be exposed to evil. The vergers and the priests, being unsupported by the multitude, brought out their most precious treasures, and the idols called διοπετῆ, and through these servitors, the gifts were drawn forth from the shrines and the hidden recesses in the temples. The spots previously inaccessible, and known only to the priests, were made accessible to all who desired to enter. Such of the images as were constructed of precious material, and whatever else was valuable, were purified by fire, and became public property. The brazen images which were skillfully wrought were carried to the city, named after the emperor, and placed there as objects of embellishment, where they may still be seen in public places, as in the streets, the hippodrome, and the palaces. Amongst them was the statue of Apollo which was in the seat of the oracle of the Pythoness, and likewise the statues of the Muses from Helicon, the tripods from Delphos, and the much extolled Pan, which Pausanias the Lacedæmonian and the Grecian cities had devoted,—after the war against the Medes.

As to the temples, some were stripped of their doors, others of their roofs, and others were neglected, allowed to fall into ruin, or destroyed. The temple of Æsculapius in Ægis, a city of Cilicia, and that of Venus at Aphaca, near Mount Lebanon and the River Adonis, were then undermined and entirely destroyed. Both of these temples were most highly honored and reverenced by the ancients; as the Ægeatæ were wont to say, that those among them who were weakened in body were delivered from diseases because the demon manifested himself by night, and healed them. And at Aphaca, it was believed that on a certain prayer being uttered on a given day, a fire like a star descended from the top of Lebanon and sunk into the neighboring river; they affirmed that this was Urania, for they call Aphrodite by this name. The efforts of the emperor succeeded to the utmost of his anticipations; for on beholding the objects of their former reverence and fear boldly cast down and stuffed with straw and hay, the people were led to despise what they had previously venerated, and to blame the erroneous opinion of their ancestors. Others, envious at the honor in which Christians were held by the emperor, deemed it necessary to imitate the acts of the ruler; others devoted themselves to an examination of Christianity, and by means of signs, of dreams, or of conferences with bishops and monks, were convinced that it was better to become Christians. From this period, nations and citizens spontaneously renounced their former opinion. At that time a port of Gaza, called Majuma, wherein superstition and ancient ceremonies had been hitherto admired, turned unitedly with all its inhabitants to Christianity. The emperor, in order to reward their piety, deemed them worthy of the greatest honor, and distinguished the place as a city, a status it had not previously enjoyed, and named it Constantia: thus honoring the spot on account of its piety, by bestowing on it the name of the dearest of his children. On the same account, also, Constantine in Phœnicia is known to have received its name from the emperor. But it would not be convenient to record every instance of this kind, for many other cities about this time went over to religion, and spontaneously, without any command of the emperor, destroyed the adjacent temples and statues, and erected houses of prayer.

Ὅπως τὰ τῶν εἰδώλων τεμένη κατέστρεψε, καὶ τοὺς λαοὺς ἐντεῦθεν μᾶλλον χριστιανίζειν ἀνέπειθεν.

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλοὶ δῆμοι καὶ πόλεις ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπήκοον, εἰσέτι δεῖμα καὶ σέβας ἔχοντες τῆς περὶ τὰ ξόανα φαντασίας, ἀπεστρέφοντο τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἀρχαιότητός τε ἐπεμελοῦντο, καὶ τῶν πατρίων ἐθῶν καὶ πανηγύρεων, ἀναγκαῖον αὐτῷ ἐφάνη παιδεῦσαι τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἀμελεῖν τῶν θρησκευομένων. Εἶναι δὲ τοῦτο εὐπετὲς, εἰ πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ἐθίσειε καταφρονεῖν τῶν ναῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀγαλμάτων.

Ἐννοηθέντι δὲ ταῦτα, στρατιωτικῆς χειρὸς οὐκ ἐδέησεν. Ἀλλ’ ἄνδρες Χριστιανοὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐπετέλουν τὰ δόξαντα, διαβάντες τὰς πόλεις ἅμα γράμμασι βασιλικοῖς. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ δῆμοι, περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν δεδιότες μήτι κακὸν πάθωσιν ἐναντιούμενοι, ἡσυχίαν ἦγον. Γυμνωθέντες δὲ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους ῥοπῆς οἱ νεωκόροι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς προὔδωκαν τὰ παῤ αὐτοῖς τιμιώτατα, καὶ τὰ διοπετῆ καλούμενα: καὶ δἰ ἑαυτῶν ταῦτα προῆγον ἐκ τῶν ἀδύτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς κρυφίων μυχῶν.

Βατά τε λοιπὸν ἦν τοῖς θέλουσι τὰ πρὶν ἄβατα καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις ἐγνωσμένα: τῶν δ’ αὖ ξοάνων τὰ ὄντα τιμίας ὕλης, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσον ἐδόκει χρήσιμον εἶναι, πυρὶ διεκρίνετο, καὶ δημόσια ἐγίνετο χρήματα: τὰ δὲ ἐν χαλκῷ θαυμασίως εἰργασμένα, πάντοθεν εἰς τὴν ἐπώνυμον πόλιν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος μετεκομίσθη πρὸς κόσμον:

καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν δημοσίᾳ ἵδρυνται κατὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς καὶ τὸν ἱππόδρομον καὶ τὰ βασίλεια. Τὰ μὲν, τοῦ Πυθίας ἦν μαντείου Ἀπόλλωνος, καὶ Μοῦσαι αἱ Ἑλικωνιάδες, καὶ οἱ ἐν Δελφοῖς τρίποδες, καὶ ὁ Πὰν ὁ βοώμενος, ὃν Παυσανίας ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος καὶ αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις ἀνέθεντο μετὰ τὸν πρὸς Μήδους πόλεμον. Νεὼ δὲ οἱ μὲν θυρῶν, οἱ δὲ ὀρόφων ἐγυμνώθησαν: οἱ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἀμελούμενοι, ἠρείποντό τε καὶ διεφθείροντο.

Κατεσκάφησαν δὲ τότε καὶ ἄρδην ἠφανίσθησαν, ὁ ἐν Αἰγαῖς τῆς Κιλικίας Ἀσκληπιοῦ ναὸς, καὶ ὁ ἐν Ἀφάκοις τῆς Ἀφροδίτης περὶ τὸν Λίβανον τὸ ὄρος, καὶ Ἄδωνιν τὸν ποταμόν. Ἄμφω δὲ ἐπισημοτάτω νεὼ ἐγενέσθην, καὶ σεβασμίω τοῖς πάλαι. Καθότι Αἰγεάται μὲν ηὔχουν τοὺς κάμνοντας τὰ σώματα νόσων ἀπαλλάττεσθαι παῤ αὐτοῖς, ἐπιφαινομένου νύκτωρ καὶ ἰωμένου τοῦ δαίμονος. Ἐν Ἀφάκοις δὲ, κατ’ ἐπίκλησιν τινὰ καὶ ῥητὴν ἡμέραν, ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκρωρείας τοῦ Λιβάνου πῦρ διαΐσσον, καθάπερ ἀστὴρ, εἰς τὸν παρακείμενον ποταμὸν ἔδυνεν. Ἔλεγον δὲ τοῦτο τὴν Οὐρανίαν εἶναι, ὡδὶ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην καλοῦντες.

Τούτων οὕτω συμβάντων, κατὰ σκοπὸν προὐχώρει τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ πρὶν σεμνὰ καὶ φοβερὰ εἰκῆ ἐρριμμένα, καὶ καλάμης καὶ φορυτοῦ ἔνδοθεν βεβυσμένα ὁρῶντες, εἰς καταφρόνησιν ἦλθον τῶν πρότερον σεβασμίων, καὶ πλάνην τοῖς προγόνοις ἐμέμφοντο. Οἱ δὲ, ζηλώσαντες τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς τῆς παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς, ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθησαν τὰ τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἤδη μιμήσασθαι. Ἄλλοι δὲ, καθέντες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς διάσκεψιν τοῦ δόγματος, ἢ σημείοις, ἢ ὀνείρασιν, ἢ ἐπισκόπων ἢ μοναχῶν συνουσίαις, ἐδοκίμασαν ἄμεινον εἶναι χριστιανίζειν.

Ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆμοι καὶ πόλεις, ἑκοντὶ τῆς προτέρας μετέθεντο γνώμης: ἡνίκα δὴ τὸ ἐπίνειον τῆς Γαζαίων πόλεως, ὃν Μαϊουμᾶν προσαγορεύουσιν, εἰσάγαν δεισιδαιμονοῦν, καὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα πρὸ τούτου θαυμάζον, εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν ἀθρόον πανδημεὶ μετέβαλε.

Ἀμειβόμενος δὲ αὐτοὺς τῆς εὐσεβείας ὁ βασιλεὺς πλείστης τιμῆς ἠξίωσε, καὶ πόλιν οὐ πρότερον ὂν τὸ χωρίον ἀπέφῃνε, καὶ Κωνσταντίαν ἐπωνόμασε: τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ τῶν παίδων γεραίρων τὸν τόπον διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν. Ἐκ τοιαύτης δὲ αἰτίας, καὶ Κωνσταντίναν τὴν παρὰ Φοίνιξιν ἔγνων ἐπιγράψασθαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπωνυμίαν.

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἕκαστα συγγράφειν οὐκ εὐχερές: πλεῖσται γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἄλλαι πόλεις τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὴν θρησκείαν ηὐτομόλησαν, καὶ αὐτόματοι, βασιλέως μηδὲν ἐπιτάττοντος, τοὺς παῤ αὐτοῖς ναοὺς καὶ ξόανα καθεῖλον, καὶ εὐκτηρίους οἴκους ᾠκοδόμησαν.

2.6 The Reason why under Constantine, the Name of Christ was spread throughout the Whole World

The church having been in this manner spread throughout the whole Roman world, religion was introduced even among the barbarians themselves. The tribes on both sides of the Rhine were Christianized, as likewise the Celts and the Gauls who dwelt upon the most distant shores of the ocean; the Goths, too, and such tribes as were contiguous to them, who formerly dwelt on either of the high shores of the Danube, had long shared in the Christian faith, and had changed into a gentler and more rational observance. Almost all the barbarians had professed to hold the Christian doctrine in honor, from the time of the wars between the Romans and foreign tribes, under the government of Gallienus and the emperors who succeeded him. For when an unspeakable multitude of mixed nations passed over from Thrace into Asia and overran it, and when other barbarians from the various regions did the same things to the adjacent Romans, many priests of Christ who had been taken captive, dwelt among these tribes; and during their residence among them, healed the sick, and cleansed those who were possessed of demons, by the name of Christ only, and by calling on the Son of God; moreover they led a blameless life, and excited envy by their virtues. The barbarians, amazed at the conduct and wonderful works of these men, thought that it would be prudent on their part, and pleasing to the Deity, if they should imitate those whom they saw were better; and, like them, would render homage to God. When teachers as to what should be done, had been proposed to them, the people were taught and baptized, and subsequently were gathered into churches.

Ἐκ ποίας προφάσεως, ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίνου τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα εἰς ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην διέδραμεν.

Πληθυνούσης δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην, καὶ δἰ αὐτῶν βαρβάρων ἡ θρησκεία ἐχώρει. Ἤδη γὰρ τά τε ἀμφὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον φῦλα ἐχριστιάνιζον: Κελτοί τε, καὶ οἱ Γαλατῶν ἔνδον τελευταῖοι τὸν ὠκεανὸν προσοικοῦσι: καὶ Γότθοι, καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις ὅμοροι τὸ πρὶν ἦσαν ἀμφὶ τὰς ὄχθας Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ, πάλαι μετασχόντες τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως, ἐπὶ τὸ ἡμερώτερον καὶ λογικὸν μεθηρμόσαντο.

Πᾶσι δὲ βαρβάροις σχεδὸν πρόφασις συνέβη πρεσβεύειν τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, οἱ γενόμενοι κατὰ καιρὸν πόλεμοι Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις, ἐπὶ τῆς Γαλλιήνου ἡγεμονίας καὶ τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν βασιλέων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ τότε πλῆθος ἄφατον μιγάδων ἐθνῶν, ἐκ τῆς Θρᾴκης περαιωθὲν τὴν Ἀσίαν κατέδραμεν, ἄλλοι τε ἀλλαχῆ βάρβαροι ταυτὸν εἰργάσαντο τοὺς παρακειμένους Ῥωμαίους, πολλοὶ τῶν ἱερέων τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰχμάλωτοι γενόμενοι,

σὺν αὐτοῖς ἦσαν. Ὡς δὲ τοὺς αὐτόθι νοσοῦντας ἰῶντο, καὶ τοὺς δαιμονῶντας ἐκάθαιρον, Χριστὸν μόνον ὀνομάζοντες, καὶ υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἐπικαλούμενοι: προσέτι δὲ καὶ πολιτείαν ἄμεμπτον ἐφιλοσόφουν, καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τὸν μῶμον ἐνίκων, θαυμάσαντες οἱ βάρβαροι τοὺς ἄνδρας τοῦ βίου καὶ τῶν παραδόξων ἔργων, εὐφρονεῖν συνεῖδον, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἵλεων ἔχειν, εἰ τοὺς ἀμείνους φανέντας μιμήσαιντο, καὶ ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς τὸ κρεῖττον θεραπεύοιεν. Προβαλλόμενοι οὖν αὐτοὺς τοῦ πρακτέου καθηγητὰς, ἐδιδάσκοντο καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο, καὶ ἀκολούθως ἐκκλησίαζον.

2.7 How the Iberians received the Faith of Christ

It is said that during this reign the Iberians, a large and warlike barbarian nation, confessed Christ. They dwelt to the north beyond Armenia. A Christian woman, who had been taken captive, induced them to renounce the religion of their fathers. She was very faithful and godly, and did not, amongst foreigners, remit her accustomed routine of religious duty. To fast, to pray night and day, and to praise God, constituted her delight. The barbarians inquired as to the motives of her endurance: she simply answered, that it was necessary in this way to worship the Son of God; but the name of Him who was to be worshiped, and the manner of worshiping, appeared strange to them. It happened that a boy of the country was taken ill, and his mother, according to the custom of the Iberians, took him around from house to house, in hope that some one might be found capable of curing the disease, and the change from the suffering might be easy for the afflicted. As no one capable of healing him could be found, the boy was brought to the captive, and she said, “as to medicines, I have neither experience nor knowledge, nor am I acquainted with the mode of applying ointments or plasters; but, O woman, I believe that Christ whom I worship, the true and great God, will become the Saviour of thy child.” Then she prayed for him immediately and freed him from the disease, although just before it was believed that he was about to die. A little while after, the wife of the governor of the nation was, by an incurable disease, brought nigh unto death; yet she too was saved in the same manner. And thus did this captive teach the knowledge of Christ, by introducing Him as the dispenser of health, and as the Lord of life, of empire, and of all things. The governor’s wife, convinced by her own personal experience, believed the words of the captive, embraced the Christian religion, and held the woman in much honor. The king, astonished at the celerity of the cure, and the miraculousness and healing of faith, learned the cause from his wife, and commanded that the captive should be rewarded with gifts. “Of gifts,” said the queen, “her estimate is very low, whatever may be their value; she makes much of the service she renders to her God only. Therefore if we wish to gratify her, or desire to do what is safe and right, let us also worship God, who is mighty and a Saviour, and who, at His will, gives continuance unto kings, casts down the high, renders the illustrious abject, and saves those in terrible straits.” The queen continued to argue in this excellent manner, but the sovereign of Iberia remained in doubt and unconvinced, as he reflected on the novelty of the matters, and also respected the religion of his fathers. A little while after, he went into the woods with his attendants, on a hunting excursion; all of a sudden thick clouds arose, and a heavy air was everywhere diffused by them, so as to conceal the heavens and the sun; profound night and great darkness pervaded the wood. Since each of the hunters was alarmed for his own safety, they scattered in different directions. The king, while thus wandering alone, thought of Christ, as men are wont to do in times of danger. He determined that if he should be delivered from his present emergency, he would walk before God and worship Him. At the very instant that these thoughts were upon his mind, the darkness was dissipated, the air became serene, the rays of the sun penetrated into the wood, and the king went out in safety. He informed his wife of the event that had befallen him, sent for the captive, and commanded her to teach him in what way he ought to worship Christ. When she had given as much instruction as it was right for a woman to say and do, he called together his subjects and declared to them plainly the Divine mercies which had been vouchsafed to himself and to his wife, and although uninitiated, he declared to his people the doctrines of Christ. The whole nation was persuaded to embrace Christianity, the men being convinced by the representations of the king, and the women by those of the queen and the captive. And speedily with the general consent of the entire nation, they prepared most zealously to build a church. When the external walls were completed, machines were brought to raise up the columns, and fix them upon their pedestals. It is related, that when the first and second columns had been righted by these means, great difficulty was found in fixing the third column, neither art nor physical strength being of any avail, although many were present to assist in the pulling. When evening came on, the female captive remained alone on the spot, and she continued there throughout the night, interceding with God that the erection of the columns might be easily accomplished, especially as all the rest had taken their departure distressed at the failure; for the column was only half raised, and remained standing, and one end of it was so embedded in its foundations that it was impossible to move it downward. It was God’s will that by this, as well as by the preceding miracle, the Iberians should be still further confirmed about the Deity. Early in the morning, when they were present at the church, they beheld a wonderful spectacle, which seemed to them as a dream. The column, which on the day before had been immovable, now appeared erect, and elevated a small space above its proper base. All present were struck with admiration, and confessed, with one consent, that Christ alone is the true God. Whilst they were all looking on, the column slipped quietly and spontaneously, and was adjusted as by machinery on its base. The other columns were then erected with ease, and the Iberians completed the structure with greater alacrity. The church having been thus speedily built, the Iberians, at the recommendation of the captive, sent ambassadors to the Emperor Constantine, bearing proposals for alliance and treaties, and requesting that priests might be sent to their nation. On their arrival, the ambassadors related the events that had occurred, and how the whole nation with much care worshiped Christ. The emperor of the Romans was delighted with the embassy, and after acceding to every request that was proffered, dismissed the ambassadors. Thus did the Iberians receive the knowledge of Christ, and until this day they worship him carefully.

Ὅπως Ἵβηρες τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν ἐδέξαντο.

Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς προκειμένης βασιλείας, λέγεται τοὺς Ἵβηρας τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπιγνῶναι. Ἔθνος δὲ τοῦτο βάρβαρον, μέγα τε καὶ μαχιμώτατον: οἰκεῖ δὲ τῆς Ἀρμενίων ἐνδότερον πρὸς Ἄρκτον. Παρεσκεύασε δὲ αὐτοὺς τῆς πατρῴας θρησκείας ὑπεριδεῖν, Χριστιανὴ γυνὴ αἰχμάλωτος: ἣ δὴ πιστοτάτη καὶ θεοσεβὴς ἄγαν οὖσα, οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις καθυφῆκε τῆς συνήθους πολιτείας. Φίλον δέ τι αὐτῇ χρῆμα ἐτύγχανε νηστεία, καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ̓ ἡμέραν εὔχεσθαι, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν εὐλογεῖν. Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἐπυνθάνοντο μὲν ὅτου χάριν τοῦτο ὑπομένοι. Τῆς δὲ ἁπλούστερον λεγούσης οὕτω χρῆναι σέβειν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ξένον αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει καὶ τοῦ θρησκευομένου τὸ ὄνομα, καὶ τῆς θρησκείας ὁ τρόπος.

Συμβὰν δὲ μειράκιον ἐνταῦθα δεινῶς ἀσθενεῖν, περιφέρουσα καθ̓ ἕκαστον οἶκον ἡ μήτηρ ἐπεδείκνυ ἔθος γὰρ Ἴβηρσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἵν’ εἴ τις εὑρεθείη τοῦ νοσήματος ἰατρὸς, εὐπόριστος γένηται τοῖς κάμνουσιν ἡ τοῦ πάθους ἀπαλλαγή.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ μηδαμοῦ θεραπευθὲν καὶ παρὰ τὴν αἰχμάλωτον ἐκομίσθη τὸ παιδίον, Φαρμάκων μὲν, ἔφη, οὔτε χρηστῶν οὔτε ἐπιπλάστων εἴδησιν ἢ πεῖραν ἔχω: πιστεύω δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ὃν σέβω, τὸν ἀληθινὸν καὶ μέγαν Θεὸν, σωτῆρα τοῦ σοῦ παιδὸς γενέσθαι, ὦ γύναι. Παραχρῆμά τε ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ εὐξαμένη, τῆς νόσου ἀπήλλαξεν αὐτὸν, ὅσον οὔπω τεθνήξεσθαι προσδοκώμενον.

Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, καὶ τὴν γαμετὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος τοῦ ἔθνους ἀνιάτῳ πάθει διόλλυσθαι μέλλουσαν, τῷ ἴσῳ τρόπῳ διέσωσε: καὶ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ γνῶσιν ἐπαίδευσεν: ὑγείας ταμίαν, καὶ ζωῆς, καὶ βασιλείας, καὶ πάντων κύριον αὐτὸν εἰσηγουμένη. Καὶ ἡ μὲν, τῇ πείρᾳ τοῦ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ συμβεβηκότος ἀληθεῖς εἶναι πιστεύσασα τοὺς τῆς αἰχμαλώτου λόγους, τὴν Χριστιανῶν θρησκείαν ἐπρέσβευε,

καὶ διὰ πολλῆς τιμῆς εἶχε τὴν ἄνθρωπον. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, θαυμάσας τὸ ταχὺ καὶ παράδοξον τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἰάσεως, ἔμαθε τὴν αἰτίαν παρὰ τῆς γαμετῆς: καὶ δώροις ἐκέλευσεν ἀμείβεσθαι τὴν αἰχμάλωτον. Ἀλλὰ τούτων, ἔφη ἡ βασιλὶς, ὀλίγος αὐτῇ λόγος, κἂν πάνυ τίμια νομίζηται: μόνην δὲ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖται τὴν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον Θεὸν θεραπείαν. ἢν οὖν αὐτῇ χαριεῖσθαι βουλοίμεθα, καὶ ἀσφαλῶς πράττειν καὶ καλῶς σπουδάζοιμεν, ἄγε δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦτον σεβώμεθα, κραταιὸν Θεὸν ὄντα καὶ σωτῆρα, καὶ βασιλέας, ἢν βούληται, ἐν οἷς εἰσὶ διαμένειν ποιοῦντα, πάλιν τ̓ αὖ ἱκανὸν ῥᾳδίως τοὺς μεγάλους, μικροὺς ἀποφαίνειν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδόξους, ἐπιφανεῖς: καὶ τοὺς ἐν δεινοῖς ὄντας σώζειν.

Τοιαῦτα πολλάκις εὖ λέγειν δοκούσης τῆς γυναικὸς, ἀμφίβολος ἦν ὁ τῆς Ἱβερίας ἡγούμενος, καὶ οὐ πάνυ ἐπείθετο, τοῦ πράγματος τὸ νεώτερον ἐννοῶν, καὶ τὴν πατρῴαν θρησκείαν αἰδούμενος. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἅμα τοῖς ἀμφ̓ αὐτὸν εἰς ὕλην ἐλθὼν, ἐθήρα. Ἐξαπίνης οὖν ἀχλὺς πυκνοτάτη, καὶ παχὺς ἀὴρ ἐπιχυθεὶς αὐτοῖς πάντοθεν, τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἐκάλυψε: νὺξ δὲ βαθεῖα καὶ σκότος πολὺ τὴν ὕλην κατεῖχεν.

Ἐνταῦθα δὲ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ δείσας ἕκαστος, διεσκεδάσθησαν ἀλλήλων. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, μόνος ἀλώμενος, οἷα φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀμηχανοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἐνενοήθη τὸν Χριστόν καὶ Θεὸν αὐτὸν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ σέβειν κατὰ νοῦν ἐδοκίμασεν, εἰ τὸ παρὸν διαφύγοι κακόν. Ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ἐνθυμουμένου, παραχρῆμα διελύθη ἡ ἀχλὺς, καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ εἰς αἰθρίαν μετέβαλεν: ἐμβαλούσης τε τῆς ἀκτῖνος τῇ ὕλῃ, διεσώθη ἐνθάδε.

Καὶ τὸ συμβὰν τῇ γαμετῇ κοινωσάμενος, μετεπέμψατο τὴν αἰχμάλωτον, καὶ τίνα τρόπον προσήκει τὸν Χριστὸν θρησκεύειν, ἐκέλευσε διδάσκειν. Τῆς δὲ ὅσα γυναικὶ θέμις λέγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν εἰσηγησαμένης, ἀγείρας τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἐκεῖνος, τὰς συμβάσας αὐτῷ καὶ τῇ γαμετῇ θείας εὐεργεσίας εἰς κοινὸν ἐξήγγειλε: μήπω δὲ μυηθεὶς, τὰ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος μετέδωκε τοῖς ἀρχομένοις: καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν πανδημεὶ σέβειν πείθουσιν, αὐτὸς μὲν τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἡ δὲ βασίλισσα ἅμα τῇ αἰχμαλώτῳ τὰς γυναῖκας.

Καὶ ἐν τάχει κοινῇ συνθήκῃ παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους, φιλοτιμότατα παρεσκευάσαντο ἐκκλησίαν οἰκοδομεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κύκλῳ τοῦ νεὼ τὸν περίβολον ἤγειραν, στήσαντες μηχανὰς, ἀνίμων τοὺς κίονας, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν βάσεων ἐστήριζον. Λέγεται δὲ τοῦ τε πρώτου καὶ δευτέρου ὀρθωθέντος, ἐργώδη γενέσθαι τοῦ τρίτου κίονος τὴν σύστασιν, καὶ μήτε τέχνῃ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων κατορθωθῆναι, μήτε ἰσχύϊ βιασθῆναι, καίπερ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν ἑλκόντων.

Ἑσπέρας δὲ ἐπιγενομένης, μόνη ἡ αἰχμάλωτος αὐτόθι διενυκτέρευσεν, ἱκετεύουσα τὸν Θεὸν, εὐπετῆ γενέσθαι τῶν κιόνων τὴν διόρθωσιν: οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντες ἀνεχώρησαν δυσφοροῦντες, καὶ μάλιστα ὁ βασιλεύς: ὀρθωθεὶς γὰρ μέχρι τοῦ μέσου ὁ κίων, ἐγκάρσιος ἔμενε, καὶ τῷ ἐδάφει ἐμπαγεὶς, ἐκ τῆς κάτωθεν ἀρχῆς ἀκίνητος ἦν. Ἔμελλε δὲ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ πρὸ τούτου παράδοξα βεβαιοτέρους καὶ περὶ τὸ θεῖον ποιήσειν τοὺς Ἵβηρας.

Περὶ γὰρ τὴν ἕω παραγενομένων αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, θαυμάσιόν τι χρῆμα καὶ ὀνείρῳ προσεοικὸς, ὀρθὸς ἐφάνη ὁ τῇ προτεραίᾳ ἀκίνητος κίων, ἀπὸ μικροῦ διαστήματος ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας βάσεως αἰωρούμενος. Καταπλαγέντων οὖν πάντων, καὶ μόνον εἶναι Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν συνομολογούντων τὸν Χριστὸν, θεωμένων πάντων ἡσυχῇ διολισθήσας αὐτομάτως, ὡς ἀπὸ τέχνης τῇ βάσει προσηρμόσθη. Μετᾲ δὲ ταῦτα εὐπετῶς οἱ ἄλλοι ὠρθώθησαν, καὶ προθυμότεροι οἱ Ἵβηρες τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπετέλουν.

Σπουδῇ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας οἰκοδομηθείσης, ὑποθεμένης τῆς αἰχμαλώτου, πέμπουσι πρέσβεις πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον τὸν βασιλέα, συμμαχίαν καὶ σπονδὰς φέροντας: ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων ἱερέας τῷ ἔθνει ἀποσταλῆναι δεομένους. Διεξελθόντων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων οἷα παῤ αὐτοῖς συνέβη, καὶ ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἔθνος ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ πολλῇ σέβει τὸν Χριστὸν, ἥσθη τῇ πρεσβείᾳ ὁ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεύς: καὶ πάντα κατὰ γνώμην πράξαντας τοὺς πρέσβεις ἀπέπεμψεν. Ὧδε μὲν Ἵβηρες τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπέγνωσαν, καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν ἐπιμελῶς σέβουσιν.

2.8 How the Armenians and Persians embraced Christianity

Subsequently the Christian religion became known to the neighboring tribes and was very greatly disseminated. The Armenians, I have understood, were the first to embrace Christianity. It is said that Tiridates, then the sovereign of that nation, became a Christian by means of a marvelous Divine sign which was wrought in his own house; and that he issued commands to all the subjects, by a herald, to adopt the same religion. I think that the beginning of the conversion of the Persians was owing to their intercourse with the Osroenians and Armenians; for it is likely that they would converse with such Divine men and make experience of their virtue.

Ὅπως καὶ οἱ Ἀρμένιοι καὶ Περσαὶ τὸν Χριστιανισμὸν ἠσπάσαντο.

Ἐφεξῆς δὲ διὰ τῶν ὁμόρων φυλῶν τὸ δόγμα διέβη, καὶ εἰς πλῆθος ἐπέδωκεν. Ἀρμενίους δὲ πάλιν πρότερον ἐπυθόμην χριστιανίσαι. Λέγεται γὰρ Τηριδάτην τὸν ἡγούμενον τότε τούτου τοῦ ἔθνους, ἔκ τινος παραδόξου θεοσημείας συμβάσης περὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ οἶκον, ἅμα τε Χριστιανὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὑφ̓ ἑνὶ κηρύγματι προστάξαι ὁμοίως θρησκεύειν.

Ἐφεξῆς δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὁμόρων φυλῶν τὸ δόγμα διέβη, καὶ εἰς πλῆθος ἐπέδωκε. Καὶ Περσῶν δὲ χριστιανίσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡγοῦμαι, ὅσοι προφάσει τῆς Ὀσροηνῶν καὶ Ἀρμενίων ἐπιμιξίας, ὡς εἰκὸς, τοῖς αὐτόθι θείοις ἀνδράσιν ὡμίλησαν, καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀρετῆς ἐπειράθησαν.

2.9 Sapor King of Persia is excited against the Christians. Symeon, Bishop of Persia, and Usthazanes, a Eunuch, suffer the Agony of Martyrdom

When, in course of time, the Christians increased in number, and began to form churches, and appointed priests and deacons, the Magi, who as a priestly tribe had from the beginning in successive generations acted as the guardians of the Persian religion, became deeply incensed against them. The Jews, who through envy are in some way naturally opposed to the Christian religion, were likewise offended. They therefore brought accusations before Sapor, the reigning sovereign, against Symeon, who was then archbishop of Seleucia and Ctesiphon, royal cities of Persia, and charged him with being a friend of the Cæsar of the Romans, and with communicating the affairs of the Persians to him. Sapor believed these accusations, and at first, ground the Christians with excessive taxes, although he knew that the generality of them had voluntarily embraced poverty. He entrusted the exaction to cruel men, hoping that, by the want of necessaries, and the atrocity of the exactors, they might be compelled to abjure their religion; for this was his aim. Afterwards, however, he commanded that the priests and conductors of the worship of God should be slain with the sword. The churches were demolished, their vessels were deposited in the treasury, and Symeon was arrested as a traitor to the kingdom and the religion of the Persians. Thus the Magi, with the co-operation of the Jews, quickly destroyed the houses of prayer. Symeon, on his apprehension, was bound with chains, and brought before the king. There the man evinced his excellence and courage; for when Sapor commanded that he should be led away to the torture, he did not fear, and would not prostrate himself. The king, greatly exasperated, demanded why he did not prostrate himself as he had done formerly. Symeon replied, “Formerly I was not led away bound in order that I might abjure the truth of God, and therefore I did not then object to pay the customary respect to royalty; but now it would not be proper for me to do so; for I stand here in defense of godliness and of our opinion.” When he ceased speaking, the king commanded him to worship the sun, promising, as an inducement, to bestow gifts upon him, and to hold him in honor; but on the other hand, threatening, in case of non-compliance, to visit him and the whole body of Christians with destruction. When the king found that he neither frightened him by menaces, nor caused him to relax by promises, and that Symeon remained firm and refused to worship the sun, or to betray his religion, he commanded him to be put in bonds for a while, probably imagining that he would change his mind.

When Symeon was being conducted to prison, Usthazanes, an aged eunuch, the foster-father of Sapor and superintendent of the palace, who happened to be sitting at the gates of the palace, arose to do him reverence. Symeon reproachfully forbade him in a loud and haughty voice, averted his countenance, and passed by; for the eunuch had been formerly a Christian, but had recently yielded to authority, and had worshiped the sun. This conduct so affected the eunuch that he wept aloud, laid aside the white garment with which he was robed, and clothed himself, as a mourner, in black. He then seated himself in front of the palace, crying and groaning, and saying, “Woe is me! What must not await me since I have denied God; and on this account Symeon, formerly my familiar friend, does not think me worthy of being spoken to, but turns away and hastens from me.” When Sapor heard of what had occurred, he called the eunuch to him, and inquired into the cause of his grief, and asked him whether any calamity had befallen his family. Usthazanes replied and said, “O king, nothing has occurred to my family; but I would rather have suffered any other affliction whatsoever than that which has befallen me, and it would have been easy to bear. Now I mourn because I am alive, and ought to have been dead long ago; yet I still see the sun which, not voluntarily, but to please thee, I professed to worship. Therefore, on both accounts, it is just that I should die, for I have been a betrayer of Christ, and a deceiver of thee.” He then swore by the Maker of heaven and earth, that he would never swerve from his convictions. Sapor, astonished at the wonderful conversion of the eunuch, was still more enraged against the Christians, as if they had effected it by enchantments. Still, he spared the old man, and strove with all his strength, by alternate gentleness and harshness, to bring him over to his own sentiments. But finding that his efforts were useless, and that Usthazanes persisted in declaring that he would never be so foolish as to worship the creature instead of the creator, he became inflamed with passion, and commanded that the eunuch’s head should be struck off with a sword. When the executioners came forward to perform their office, Usthazanes requested them to wait a little, that he might communicate something to the king. He then called one of the most faithful eunuchs, and bade him say to Sapor, “From my youth until now I have been well affected, O king, to your house, and have ministered with fitting diligence to your father and yourself. I need no witnesses to corroborate my statements; these facts are well established. For all the matters wherein at divers times I have gladly served you, grant me this reward; let it not be imagined by those who are ignorant of the circumstances, that I have incurred this punishment by acts of unfaithfulness against the kingdom, or by the commission of any other crime; but let it be published and proclaimed abroad by a herald, that Usthazanes loses his head for no knavery that he has ever committed in the palaces, but for being a Christian, and for refusing to obey the king in denying his own God.” The eunuch delivered this message, and Sapor, according to the request of Usthazanes, commanded a herald to make the desired proclamation; for the king imagined that others would be easily deterred from embracing Christianity, by reflecting that he who sacrificed his aged foster-father and esteemed household servant, would assuredly spare no other Christian. Usthazanes, however, believed that as by his timidity in consenting to worship the sun, he had caused many Christians to fear, so now, by the diligent proclamation of the cause of his sufferings, many might be edified by learning that he died for the sake of religion, and so became imitators of his fortitude.

Περὶ Σαβώρου τοῦ βασιλέως Περσῶν, ὅπως κατὰ Χριστιανῶν ἐκινήθη. καὶ περὶ Συμεὼν τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Περσίδος, καὶ περὶ Οὐσθαζάνου εὐνούχου, ὅπως τὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀγῶνα διήνυσε.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ πλεῖστοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἤρξαντο, καὶ ἱερέας καὶ διακόνους εἶχον, ἐλύπει τοῦτο οὐ μετρίως τοὺς Μάγους, οἱ τὴν Περσῶν θρησκείαν ὥσπερ τι φῦλον ἱερατικὸν, κατὰ διαδοχὴν γένους ἀρχῆθεν ἐπιτροπεύουσιν. Ἐλύπει δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαίους, τρόπον τινὰ φύσει ὑπὸ βασκανίας πρὸς τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐκπεπολεμωμένους. Καὶ διαβάλλουσι πρὸς Σαβώρην τὸν τότε βασιλέα, Συμεώνην τὸν τότε ἀρχιεπίσκοπον Σελευκείας καὶ Κτησιφῶντος, τῶν ἐν Περσίδι βασιλευουσῶν πόλεων, ὡς φίλον ὄντα τῷ Καίσαρι Ῥωμαίων, καὶ τὰ Περσῶν πράγματα τούτῳ καταμηνύοντα.

Πεισθεὶς δὲ ταῖς διαβολαῖς ὁ Σαβώρης, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα φόροις ἀμέτροις ἐπέτριβε τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς, καθότι τοὺς πλείστους ἀκτημοσύνην ἀσκεῖν ἔγνω: καὶ χαλεποῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπέτρεψε τὴν εἴσπραξιν: ὥστε ἐνδείᾳ χρημάτων, καὶ ἀπηνείᾳ τῶν εἰσπρακτόρων βιαζομένους, ὑπεριδεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν θρησκείαν: τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐσπουδάζετο. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ λειτουργοὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναιρεθῆναι ξίφει προσέταξε: τὰς δὲ ἐκκλησίας κατασκαφῆναι, καὶ τὰ κειμήλια δημόσια γενέσθαι, καὶ Συμεώνην ἄγεσθαι, ὡς προδότην τῆς Περσῶν βασιλείας καὶ θρησκείας γεγενημένον.

Οἱ μὲν οὖν Μάγοι, συλλαμβανομένων αὐτοῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σπουδῇ τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους καθεῖλον. Συμεώνης δὲ συλληφθεὶς, σιδηροδεσμώτης ὡς βασιλέα ἤχθη: ἔνθα δὴ γίνεται ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ βασανίσων αὐτὸν εἰσάγεσθαι προσέταξεν ὁ Σαβώρης,

οὔτε ἔδεισεν, οὔτε προσεκύνησεν. Ἐφ̓ ᾧ σφόδρα χαλεπῄνας ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐπύθετο, Τί δή ποτε νῦν οὐ προσεκύνησας, πρότερον τοῦτο ποιῶν; Ὅτι πρότερον, ἔφη ὁ Συμεώνης, οὐ δεσμώτης ἠγόμην ἐπὶ προδοσίᾳ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς Θεοῦ: καὶ μηδὲν διαφερόμενος, τὰ νενομισμένα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπλήρουν: νῦν δέ μοι οὐ θέμις τοῦτο ποιεῖν: ἥκω γὰρ ἀγωνιούμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τοῦ ἡμετέρου δόγματος.

Τοιαῦτα εἰπόντα παρεκελεύσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον: καὶ πειθομένῳ μὲν πολλὰ δῶρα δώσειν ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ ἐν τιμῇ ἕξειν: ἀπειθοῦντα δὲ, ἀπολέσειν ἠπείλησεν αὐτόν τε καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν φῦλον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς κατεκτύπει τὸν Συμεώνην, οὔτε ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις ἐχάλαζεν, ἀλλ’ ἀνδρεῖος ἔμενεν, ἰσχυριζόμενος μή ποτε προσκυνήσειν τὸν ἥλιον, μηδὲ προδότης φανήσεσθαι τῆς αὐτοῦ θρησκείας, προσέταξεν αὐτὸν τέως ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶναι, λογισάμενος, ὡς εἰκὸς,

μεταμεληθήσεσθαι. Ἀπαγόμενον δὲ εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἰδὼν Οὐσθαζάνης πρεσβύτης τις εὐνοῦχος, τροφεὺς Σαβώρου, καὶ μείζων τῆς βασιλέως οἰκίας, προσεκύνησεν αὐτὸν ἀναστάς: ἔτυχε γὰρ πρὸ τῶν βασιλείων θυρῶν καθήμενος. Ὁ δὲ Συμεώνης ὑβριστικῶς ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ θυμωθεὶς ἀνεβόησε, καὶ ἀποστραφεὶς παρήμειψε:

Χριστιανὸς γὰρ ὢν, οὐ προπολλοῦ ἐβιάσθη προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον. Αὐτίκα δὲ δακρύσας μετ’ οἰμωγῆς ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ἢν μὲν ἠμφίεστο λαμπρὰν ἐσθῆτα ἀπέθετο: οἷα δὲ πενθῶν μέλαιναν περιβαλλόμενος, πρὸ τῆς βασιλέως οἰκίας ἐκαθέζετο, κλαίων καὶ στένων, Οἴμοι ἐγὼ, λέγων, οἷον χρὴ προσδοκᾷν εἶναι περὶ ἐμὲ ὃν ἠρνησάμην Θεόν; ὅπουγε τούτου χάριν ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη πάλαι μοι συνήθης γεγονὼς Συμεώνης, οὐδὲ λόγου μεταδοὺς, ὧδέ με ἀπεστράφη καὶ παρέδραμεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔγνω ταῦτα Σαβώρης, μετακαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν, ἐπυνθάνετο τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ πένθους, καὶ εἰ συμφορᾷ τινὶ περὶ τὸν οἶκον ἐχρήσατο.

Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Οὐσθαζάνης εἶπεν, Ὦ βασιλεῦ, οὐδὲν περὶ τὸν ἐνθάδε οἶκον ἠτύχησα: εἴθε γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος μοι παντοδαπαῖς ἀλλοίαις περιπέπτωκα συμφοραῖς, καὶ ῥᾷον ἦν. Πενθῶ δὲ νῦν, ὅτι ζῶ: καὶ πάλαι τεθνάναι ὀφείλων, ὁρῶ τὸν ἥλιον, ὃν σοὶ χαριζόμενος, οὐκ ἀπὸ γνώμης, προσεκύνησα τῷ δοκεῖν: ὥστε κατ’ ἀμφότερον δίκαιον εἶναί με ἀποθανεῖν, προδότην Χριστοῦ γεγενημένον, καὶ περὶ σὲ ἀπατεῶνα. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, τοιάδε εἰπὼν, ὤμοσεν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς δημιουργὸν, μὴ μεταθήσεσθαι λοιπὸν τῆς γνώμης.

Σαβώρης δὲ πρὸς τὸ παράδοξον τῆς μεταβολῆς τοῦ εὐνούχου τεθηπὼς, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐχαλέπαινε τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς, ὡς γοητείαις τοιάδε κατορθοῦσι. Φειδοῖ δὲ τῇ περὶ τὸν πρεσβύτην, πῆ μὲν πρᾷος πῆ δὲ ἀπηνὴς φαινόμενος, παντὶ σθένει μεταπείθειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρᾶτο.

Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, ἰσχυριζομένου Οὐσθαζάνου μήποτε τοσοῦτον εὐήθη ἔσεσθαι, ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ δεδημιουργημένα σέβειν, τότε δὴ πρὸς ὀργὴν κινηθεὶς, προσέταξεν αὐτοῦ ξίφει τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτμηθῆναι. Ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀγόμενος παρὰ τῶν δημίων, ἐπισχεῖν μικρὸν αὐτῶν ἐδεήθη, ὡς περί του βασιλεῖ δηλώσων.

Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τινὰ τῶν πιστοτάτων εὐνούχων, ἐκέλευσε τάδε εἰπεῖν Σαβώρῃ: ἣν μὲν ἐκ νέου μέχρι τοῦ νῦν εὔνοιαν ἔσχον, ὦ βασιλεῦ, περὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον οἶκον, πατρί τε σῷ καί σοι, σπουδῇ τῇ προσηκούσῃ διακονούμενος, οὔ μοι δοκεῖ μαρτύρων παρά σοι, εὖ ταῦτα ἐπισταμένῳ, δεῖσθαι. Ἀντὶ πάντων δὲ ὧν πώποτε κεχαρισμένος ὑμῖν ἐγενόμην, ἀπόδος μοι ταύτην τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, τὸ μὴ δόξαι τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι τιμωρίαν ὑπέχειν ὡς ἄπιστον περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν, ἢ ἄλλως κακοῦργον ἁλόντα.

Καὶ ὥστε τοῦτο δῆλον γενέσθαι, κήρυξ βοῶν σημανεῖ πᾶσιν, ὅτι Οὐσθαζάνης τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτέμνεται, μοχθηρὸς μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἔν τινι ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις φανεὶς, Χριστιανὸς δὲ ὢν, καὶ τὸν ἴδιον Θεὸν ἀρνήσασθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ μὴ πειθόμενος.

Καὶ ὁ μὲν εὐνοῦχος ἤγγειλε ταῦτα. Σαβώρης δὲ κατὰ τὴν αἴτησιν Οὐσθαζάνου, κήρυκα βοῆσαι προσέταξεν. Ὤιετο γὰρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἑτοίμως παύεσθαι χριστιανίζειν, εἰ κατὰ νοῦν λάβοιεν, ὡς οὐδενὸς Χριστιανοῦ φείσεται, πρεσβύτην τροφέα, καὶ οἰκεῖον εὔνουν ἀνελών. Οὐσθαζάνης δὲ ἐσπούδαζεν ἀνακηρυχθῆναι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς αὐτοῦ τιμωρίας, λογισάμενος ὡς ἡνίκα εὐλαβηθεὶς προσεκύνησε τὸν ἥλιον, πολλοὺς Χριστιανῶν εἰς δέος κατέστησε: νυνὶ δὲ εἰ μάθοιεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς θρησκείας ἀναιρεθέντα, μιμητὰς πολλοὺς ποιήσει τῆς οἰκείας ἀνδρείας.

2.10 Christians slain by Sapor in Persia

In this manner the honorable life of Usthazanes was terminated, and when the intelligence was brought to Symeon in the prison, he offered thanksgiving to God on his account. The following day, which happened to be the sixth day of the week, and likewise the day on which, as immediately preceding the festival of the resurrection, the annual memorial of the passion of the Saviour is celebrated, the king issued orders for the decapitation of Symeon; for he had again been conducted to the palace from the prison, had reasoned most nobly with Sapor on points of doctrine, and had expressed a determination never to worship either the king or the sun. On the same day a hundred other prisoners were ordered to be slain. Symeon beheld their execution, and last of all he was put to death. Amongst these victims were bishops, presbyters, and other clergy of different grades. As they were being led out to execution, the chief of the Magi approached them, and asked them whether they would preserve their lives by conforming to the religion of the king and by worshiping the sun. As none of them would comply with this condition, they were conducted to the place of execution, and the executioners applied themselves to the task of slaying these martyrs. Symeon, standing by those who were to be slain, exhorted them to constancy, and reasoned concerning death, and the resurrection, and piety, and showed them from the sacred Scriptures that a death like theirs is true life; whereas to live, and through fear to deny God, is as truly death. He told them, too, that even if no one were to slay them, death would inevitably overtake them; for our death is a natural consequence of our birth. The things after those of this life are perpetual, and do not happen alike to all men; but as if measured by some rule, they must give an accurate account of the course of life here. Each one who did well, will receive immortal rewards and will escape the punishments of those who did the opposite. He likewise told them that the greatest and happiest of all good actions is to die for the cause of God. While Symeon was pursuing such themes, and like a household attendant, was exhorting them about the manner in which they were to go into the conflicts, each one listened and spiritedly went to the slaughter. After the executioner had despatched a hundred, Symeon himself was slain; and Abedechalaas and Anannias, two aged presbyters of his own church, who had been his fellow-prisoners, suffered with him.

Περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Σαβώρου ἀναιρεθέντων Χριστιανῶν ἐν Περσίδι.

Ὧδε μὲν Οὐσθαζάνης ἐνδοξοτάτην βιοτὴν ἐνθάδε κατέλιπε. Συμεώνης δὲ μαθὼν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, εὐχαριστήρια περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ ηὔξατο. Τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, ἔτυχε δὲ ἕκτην τῆς ἑβδομάδος εἶναι, καθ̓ ἣν πρὸ τῆς ἀναστασίμου πανηγύρεως ἡ ἐτήσιος τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους ἀνάμνησις ἐπιτελεῖται, καὶ τὸν Συμεώνην ἐψηφίσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς ξίφει ἀναιρεθῆναι. Προαχθεὶς γὰρ αὖθις ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, γενναίως μάλα διελέχθη Σαβώρῃ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος, καὶ οὔτε αὐτὸν, οὔτε τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνῆσαι ἠνέσχετο.

Κατὰ δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν, ὁμοίως ἀναιρεθῆναι προσετάχθησαν καὶ ἄλλοι ἑκατὸν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ ὄντες: τελευταῖον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπισφαγῆναι Συμεώνην, τὸν πάντων θάνατον θεασάμενον. Ἦσαν δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν, ἐπίσκοποι: οἱ δὲ, πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλων κληρικῶν ταγμάτων.

Ὡς δὲ πάντες τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἤγοντο, παραγενόμενος ὁ μέγας ἀρχιμάγος, ἤρετο αὐτοὺς εἰ βούλοιντο ζῇν, καὶ βασιλεῖ παραπλησίως θρησκεύειν, καὶ τὸν ἥλιον σέβειν. Οὐδενὸς δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ζωὴν ἑλομένου, ὡς εἰς τὸν τόπον ἤχθησαν οὗ κτείνεσθαι ἔμελλον, οἱ μὲν δήμιοι ἔργου εἴχοντο,

καὶ περὶ τὴν σφαγὴν τῶν μαρτύρων ἐπόνουν. Συμεώνης δὲ παρεστηκὼς αὐτοῖς ἀναιρουμένοις, παρεκελεύετο θαρρεῖν: καὶ περὶ θανάτου, καὶ περὶ ἀναστάσεως, καὶ περὶ εὐσεβείας διελέγετο: καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν γραφῶν πιστούμενος, ἐδείκνυ ζωὴν μὲν ἀληθῶς εἶναι τὸ ὧδε ἀποθανεῖν: τὸ δὲ διὰ δειλίαν προδοῦναι Θεὸν, ὁμολογουμένως θάνατον: μετ’ οὐ πολὺ γὰρ, καὶ μηδενὸς ἀποκτείνοντος, αὐτομάτως τεθνήξονται: τοῦτο γὰρ ἄφυκτον παντὶ τικτομένῳ τέλος. Τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ διηνεκῆ ὄντα, οὐ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὁμοίως ἀπαντήσει: ἀλλ’ ὡς ἀπὸ στάθμης τινὸς, ἀκριβῆ λόγον δώσουσι τῆς ἐνθάδε βιοτῆς. Καὶ ἀθανάτους ὧν ἕκαστος εὖ ἐποίησε τὰς ἀμοιβὰς λήψεται, καὶ τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν ἐναντίων ὑφέξει. Μεῖζον δὲ πάντων ἐν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ μακαριώτατον,

ὑπὲρ Θεοῦ ἑλέσθαι ἀποθανεῖν. Τοιαῦτα Συμεώνου διεξιόντος, οἷα παιδοτρίβου παρακελευομένου ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ὃν χρὴ τρόπον ἐλθεῖν, ἕκαστος ἐπαΐων προθύμως πρὸς τὴν σφαγὴν ἐχώρει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς ἑκατὸν διῆλθεν ὁ δήμιος, τελευταῖον καὶ αὐτὸν Συμεώνην ἔκτεινε, καὶ Ἀβεδεχαλάαν καὶ Ἀναννίαν. Ἀμφότεροι δὲ, γηραλέοι πρεσβύτεροι τῆς ὑπ’ αὐτὸν ἐκκλησίας, ἅμα αὐτῷ συνελήφθησαν, καὶ ἐν δεσμοῖς ἦσαν.

2.11 Pusices, Superintendent of the Artisans of Sapor

Pusices, the superintendent of the king’s artisans, was present at the execution; perceiving that Anannias trembled as the necessary preparations for his death were being made, he said to him, “O old man, close your eyes for a little while and be of good courage, for you will soon behold the light of Christ.” No sooner had he uttered these words than he was arrested and conducted before the king; and as he frankly avowed himself a Christian, and spoke with great freedom to the king concerning his opinion and the martyrs, he was condemned to an extraordinary and most cruel death, because it was not lawful to address the king with such boldness. The executioners pierced the muscles of his neck in such a manner as to extract his tongue. On the charge of some persons, his daughter, who had devoted herself to a life of holy virginity, was arraigned and executed at the same time. The following year, on the day on which the passion of Christ was commemorated, and when preparations were being made for the celebration of the festival commemorative of his resurrection from the dead, Sapor issued a most cruel edict throughout Persia, condemning to death all those who should confess themselves to be Christians. It is said that a greater number of Christians suffered by the sword; for the Magi sought diligently in the cities and villages for those who had concealed themselves; and many voluntarily surrendered themselves, lest they should appear, by their silence, to deny Christ. Of the Christians who were thus unsparingly sacrificed, many who were attached to the palace were slain, and amongst these was Azades, a eunuch, who was especially beloved by the king. On hearing of his death, Sapor was overwhelmed with grief, and put a stop to the general slaughter of the Christians; and he directed that the teachers of religion should alone be slain.

Περὶ Πουσικῆ τοῦ πρώτου ἐν τοῖς τεχνίταις Σαβώρου.

Τηνικαῦτα δὲ Πουσίκης, ὃς πάντων ἦρχε τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως τεχνιτῶν, αὐτόθι ἑστὼς, ἰδὼν Ἀναννίαν τρέμοντα ὡς ηὐτρεπίζετο ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγὴν, Πρὸς βραχὺ, ἔφη, ὦ γέρον, μῦσον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, καὶ θάρρει: αὐτίκα γὰρ ὄψει τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ φῶς. Ἅμα δὲ τοῦτο εἰπὼν συνελήφθη, καὶ ὡς βασιλέα ἤχθη.

Καὶ Χριστιανὸς εἶναι ὁμολογήσας, καθότι ἐλευθεροστομῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος καὶ τῶν μαρτύρων προσδιελέχθη τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὡς οὐ δέον παρρησιασάμενος, παραξένῳ καὶ ὠμοτάτῳ τρόπῳ ἀποθανεῖν προσετάχθη. Περὶ γὰρ τὸν τένοντα διορύξαντες αὐτοῦ τὸν αὐχένα οἱ δήμιοι, τῇδε αὐτοῦ τὴν γλῶτταν ἐξείλκυσαν: ἐκ διαβολῆς δέ τινων καὶ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ παρθένος ἱερὰ συλληφθεῖσα τότε ἀνῃρέθη.

Τοῦ δὲ ἐπιγενομένου ἔτους, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν, ᾗ τοῦ μὲν πάθους τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ ἀνάμνησις ἐπετελεῖτο, τῆς δὲ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως ἡ πανήγυρις προσεδοκᾶτο, ὠμοτάτη Σαβώρου πρόσταξις ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Περσῶν γῆν ἐφοίτα, καταδικάζουσα θάνατον τῶν ἑαυτοὺς Χριστιανοὺς εἶναι ὁμολογούντων: ἡνίκα δὴ λέγεται ἀριθμοῦ κρείττονα πληθὺν Χριστιανῶν ὑπὸ ξίφους ἀναιρεθῆναι.

Οἵ τε γὰρ Μάγοι, κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας ἐπιμελῶς ἐθήρων τοὺς λανθάνοντας: οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτόματοι μηδενὸς ἄγοντος ἑαυτοὺς κατεμήνυον, ὥστε μὴ τῇ σιγῇ δόξαι τὸν Χριστὸν ἀπαρνεῖσθαι. Ἀφειδῶς δὲ πάντων Χριστιανῶν κτιννυμένων, πλεῖστοι καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις ἀνῃρέθησαν, καὶ Ἀζάδης ὁ εὐνοῦχος, τὰ μάλιστα βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος ὤν.

Ὃν ἐπείπερ ἀποθανεῖν ὁ Σαβώρης ἐπύθετο, περιλυπος εἰς ἄγαν ἐγένετο. Καὶ τὴν δημώδη ταύτην σφαγὴν ἔστησε: μόνους δὲ τοὺς καθηγητὰς τῆς θρησκείας ἀναιρεῖσθαι προσέταξε.

2.12 Tarbula, the Sister of Symeon, and her Martyrdom

About the same period, the queen was attacked with a disease, and Tarbula, the sister of Symeon the bishop, a holy virgin, was arrested with her servant, who shared in the same mode of life, as likewise a sister of Tarbula, who, after the death of her husband, abjured marriage, and led a similar career. The cause of their arrest was the charge of the Jews, who reported that they had injured the queen by their enchantments, on account of their rage at the death of Symeon. As invalids easily give credit to the most repulsive representations, the queen believed the charge, and especially because it emanated from the Jews, since she had embraced their sentiments, and lived in the observance of the Jewish rites, for she had great confidence in their veracity and in their attachment to herself. The Magi having seized Tarbula and her companions, condemned them to death; and after having sawn them asunder, they fastened them up to poles and made the queen pass through the midst of the poles as a medium for turning away the disease. It is said that this Tarbula was beautiful and very stately in form, and that one of the Magi, having become deeply enamored with her, secretly sent a proposal for intercourse, and promised as a reward to save her and her companions if she would consent. But she would give no ear to his licentiousness, and treated the Magi with scorn, and rebuked his lust. She would rather prefer courageously to die than to betray her virginity.

As it was ordained by the edict of Sapor, which we mentioned above, that the Christians should not be slaughtered indiscriminately, but that the priests and teachers of the opinions should be slain, the Magi and Arch-Magi traversed the whole country of Persia, studiously maltreating the bishops and presbyters. They sought them especially in the country of Adiabene, a part of the Persian dominions, because it was wholly Christianized.

Περὶ Ταρβούλας τῆς ἀδελφῆς Συμεὼν, καὶ τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῆς.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ, νόσῳ περιπεσούσης τῆς βασιλίδος, συλλαμβάνεται ἡ Συμεώνου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἀδελφὴ, Ταρβούλα τοὔνομα, ἱερὰ παρθένος, σὺν θεραπαίνῃ τὸν αὐτὸν μετιούσῃ βίον, καὶ ἀδελφῇ μετὰ θάνατον ἀνδρὸς γάμον ἀπαγορευσάσῃ, καὶ ὁμοίως ἀγομένῃ. Ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ σύλληψις ἐκ διαβολῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐπαιτιωμένων ὡς φαρμάκοις τῇ κρατούσῃ ἐπεβούλευσαν, διὰ τὸν Συμεώνου θάνατον μηνιῶσαι.

Ἡ δὲ βασιλὶς, φιλεῖ γάρ πως τὸ νοσοῦν τοῖς ἀπευκταίοις ὑπέχειν τὴν ἀκοὴν, ὑπέλαβεν ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὴν διαβολὴν, καὶ μάλιστα παρὰ Ἰουδαίων γεγενημένην: ἐπεὶ τὰ αὐτῶν ἐφρόνει, καὶ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ἐβίω, καὶ ἀψευδεῖς αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖτο καὶ εὔνους αὐτῇ. Παραλαβόντες δὲ οἱ Μάγοι Ταρβούλαν καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς καταδικάζουσιν αὐτῶν θάνατον: καὶ πρίονι διχῆ τεμόντες, ἀνεσκολόπισαν, καὶ ὡς ἀποτρόπαιον νόσου, διὰ μέσου τῶν σκολόπων τὴν βασιλίδα παρελθεῖν

ἐποίησαν. Λέγεται δὲ Ταρβούλαν ταύτην εὐπρεπῆ καὶ μάλα καλὴν τὸ εἶδος γενέσθαι: ἐρασθῆναι δὲ αὐτῆς τινὰ τῶν Μάγων, καὶ περὶ τῆς συνουσίας λάθρα προσπέμψασθαι, μισθὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον, εἰ πεισθείη, σωτηρίαν αὐτῇ καὶ ταῖς συνούσαις. Τὴν δὲ μήτε ἀσελγοῦς ἀκοῆς ἀνασχομένην, ἐξυβρίσαι μὲν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀκολασίαν ὀνειδίσαι: προθυμότατα δὲ μᾶλλον ἑλέσθαι ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὴν παρθενίαν προδοῦναι.

Κρατήσαντος δὲ κατὰ τὴν Σαβώρου πρόσταξιν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, τοὺς ἄλλους ἐᾷν, μόνους δὲ συλλαμβάνεσθαι τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ τοὺς ὑφηγητὰς τοῦ δόγματος, περιϊόντες Μάγοι τε καὶ ἀρχιμάγοι ἀνὰ τὴν Περσῶν γῆν, ἐπιμελῶς ἐκακούργουν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, μάλιστα δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀδιαβηνῶν χώραν: κλίμα δὲ τοῦτο Περσικὸν, ὡς ἐπίπαν χριστιάνιζον.

2.13 Martyrdom of St. Acepsimas and of his Companions

About this period they arrested Acepsimas the bishop, and many of his clergy. After having taken counsel together, they satisfied themselves with the hunt after the leader only; they dismissed the rest after they had taken away their property. James, however, who was one of the presbyters, voluntarily followed Acepsimas, obtained permission from the Magi to share his prison, and spiritedly ministered to the old man, lightened his misfortunes as far as he was able, and dressed his wounds; for not long after his apprehension, the Magi had injuriously tortured him with raw thongs in forcing him to worship the sun; and on his refusal to do so had retained him again in bonds. Two presbyters named Aithalas and James, and two deacons, by name Azadanes and Abdiesus, after being scourged most injuriously by the Magi, were compelled to live in prison, on account of their opinions. After a long time had elapsed, the great Arch-Magi communicated to the king the facts about them to be punished; and having received permission to deal with them as he pleased, unless they would consent to worship the sun, he made known this decision of Sapor’s to the prisoners. They replied openly, that they would never betray the cause of Christ nor worship the sun; he tortured them unsparingly. Acepsimas persevered in the manly confession of his faith, till death put an end to his torments. Certain Armenians, whom the Persians retained as hostages, secretly carried away his body and buried it. The other prisoners, although not less scourged, lived as by a miracle, and as they would not change their judgment, were again put in bonds. Among these was Aithalas, who was stretched out while thus beaten, and his arms were torn out of his shoulders by the very great wrench; and he carried his hands about as dead and swinging loosely, so that others had to convey food to his mouth. Under this rule, an innumerable multitude of presbyters, deacons, monks, holy virgins, and others who served the churches and were set apart for its dogma, terminated their lives by martyrdom. The following are the names of the bishops, so far as I have been able to ascertain: Barbasymes, Paulus, Gaddiabes, Sabinus, Mareas, Mocius, John, Hormisdas, Papas, James, Romas, Maares, Agas, Bochres, Abdas, Abdiesus, John, Abramins, Agdelas, Sapores, Isaac, and Dausas. The latter had been made prisoner by the Persians, and brought from a place named Zabdæus. He died about this time in defense of the dogma; and Mareabdes, a chorepiscopus, and about two hundred and fifty of his clergy, who had also been captured by the Persians, suffered with him.

Περὶ τοῦ μαρτυρίου τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀκεψιμᾶ, καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ.

Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον καὶ Ἀκεψιμᾶν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον συνελάβοντο, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτὸν κληρικῶν. Ἐπιλογισάμενοι δὲ, τῇ ἄγρᾳ τοῦ ἡγουμένου ἠρκέσθησαν: τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀφῆκαν, τὰς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ἀφελόμενοι.

Ἰάκωβος δέ τις πρεσβύτερος ἑκοντὴς εἵπετο τῷ Ἀκεψιμᾷ, καὶ δεηθεὶς τῶν Μάγων, ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐγένετο δεσμόν: καὶ οἷα γηραλέῳ προθύμως ὑπηρετεῖτο, καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς αὐτῷ ἐκούφιζεν, ὡς ἐνῆν, καὶ τὰς πληγὰς ἐθεράπευε. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ γὰρ τῆς συλλήψεως, ἱμάσιν ὠμοῖς χαλεπῶς αὐτὸν ἐβασάνισαν οἱ Μάγοι, βιαζόμενοι προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον: ὡς δὲ οὐκ εἶξε, πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶχον.

Κατ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ καὶ Ἀειθαλᾶς καὶ Ἰάκωβος πρεσβύτεροι, Ἀζαδάνης τε καὶ Ἀβδιησοῦς διάκονοι, διὰ δόγμα δεσμωτήριον ᾤκουν, χαλεπώτατα ὑπὸ τῶν Μάγων μαστιγωθέντες. Χρόνου δὲ πολλοῦ παρελθόντος, ἐκοινώσατο περὶ αὐτῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ ὁ μέγας ἀρχιμάγος. Καὶ ἐπιτραπεὶς ὡς βούλεται τιμωρήσασθαι αὐτοὺς, εἰ μὴ τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνήσουσι, δήλην τοῖς ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ ἐποιήσατο τὴν Σαβώρου πρόσταξιν.

Ὡς δὲ ἀναφανδὸν ἀπεκρίναντο, μήποτε σφᾶς προδότας γενέσθαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μηδὲ τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνήσειν, ἀφειδῶς αὐτοὺς ἐβασάνισε. Καὶ Ἀκεψιμᾶς μὲν ἐν ταῖς τοῦ δόγματος ὁμολογίαις ἀνδρείως διαμείνας ἐτελεύτησε. Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐξ Ἀρμενίας παρὰ Πέρσαις ὁμήρων τὸ λείψανον αὐτοῦ λάθρα

ἀνελόμενοι ἔθαψαν. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, καίπερ οὐχ ἧττον μαστιγωθέντες, παραδόξως ἔζων: καὶ μὴ μεταθέμενοι τῆς γνώμης, πάλιν ἐν δεσμοῖς ἐγένοντο. Σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ ἦν καὶ Ἀειθαλᾶς, ὃς ἐν τῷ τύπτεσθαι τεινόμενος, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἄγαν ἑλκυσμοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὤμων διεσπάσθη τοὺς βραχίονας, καὶ νεκρὰς μόνον καὶ ᾐωρημένας τὰς χεῖρας περιέφερεν, ὡς ἄλλους τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τὴν τροφὴν προσάγειν.

Ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ἡγεμονίας μαρτύρια τοῦ βίου περιέστησαν, πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ διακόνων, καὶ μοναχῶν καὶ ἱερῶν παρθένων, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ὑπηρετουμένων, καὶ περὶ τὸ δόγμα διακειμένων, πλῆθος ἀναρίθμητον.

Ἐπίσκοποι δὲ ὧν ἐπυθόμην Βαρβασύμης καὶ Παῦλος καὶ Γαδδιάβης καὶ Σαβῖνος καὶ Μαρέας καὶ Μώκιος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Ὁρμίσδας, Πάπας τε καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ῥώμας καὶ Μαάρης καὶ Ἄγας καὶ Βόχρης καὶ Ἀβδᾶς καὶ Ἀβδιησοῦς, Ἰωάννης τε καὶ Ἀβράμιος, καὶ Ἀγδελᾶς καὶ Σαβώρης καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Δαῦσας, ὃς αἰχμάλωτος ἦν γενόμενος ὑπὸ Περσῶν ἀπὸ Ζαβδαίου, χωρίου ὧδε προσαγορευομένου, κατ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος τέθνηκεν, ἅμα Μαρεάβδῃ χωρεπισκόπῳ, καὶ κληρικοῖς τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτὸν, ἀμφὶ διακοσίοις πεντήκοντα, οἳ παρὰ Περσῶν αἰχμάλωτοι συνελήφθησαν.

2.14 The Martyrdom of Bishop Milles and his Conduct. Sixteen Thousand Distinguished Men in Persia suffer Martyrdom under Sapor, besides Obscure Individuals

About this period Milles suffered martyrdom. He originally served the Persians in a military capacity, but afterwards abandoned that vocation, in order to embrace the apostolical mode of life. It is related that he was ordained bishop over a Persian city, and he underwent a variety of sufferings, and endured wounds and drawings; and that, failing in his efforts to convert the inhabitants to Christianity, he uttered imprecations against the city, and departed. Not long after, some of the principal citizens offended the king, and an army with three hundred elephants was sent against them; the city was utterly demolished and its land was ploughed and sown. Milles, taking with him only his wallet, in which was the holy Book of the Gospels, repaired to Jerusalem in prayer; thence he proceeded to Egypt in order to see the monks. The extraordinary and admirable works which we have heard that he accomplished, are attested by the Syrians, who have written an account of his actions and life. For my own part, I think that I have said enough of him and of the other martyrs who suffered in Persia during the reign of Sapor; for it would be difficult to relate in detail every circumstance respecting them, such as their names, their country, the mode of completing their martyrdom, and the species of torture to which they were subjected; for they are innumerable, since such methods are jealously affected by the Persians, even to the extreme of cruelty. I shall briefly state that the number of men and women whose names have been ascertained, and who were martyred at this period, have been computed to be sixteen thousand; while the multitude outside of these is beyond enumeration, and on this account to reckon off their names appeared difficult to the Persians and Syrians and to the inhabitants of Edessa, who have devoted much care to this matter.

Περὶ τοῦ μαρτυρίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Μίλλου, καὶ τῆς πολιτείας αὐτοῦ: καὶ ὅτι Σαβώρης μυρίους ἑξακισχιλίους ἐπισήμους ἐν Περσίδι ἐμαρτύρισεν, ἄνευ τῶν ἀσήμων ἀνθρώπων.

Ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον καὶ Μίλλης ἐμαρτύρησεν: ὃς τὰ μὲν πρῶτα παρὰ Πέρσαις ἐστρατεύετο. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καταλιπὼν τὴν στρατείαν, τὴν ἀποστολικὴν πολιτείαν ἐζήλωσε. Λέγεται δὲ πόλεως Περσικῆς ἐπίσκοπος γεγονὼς πολλὰ πολλάκις παθεῖν, καὶ πληγὰς ὑπομεῖναι καὶ ἑλκυσμούς. Ὡς δὲ οὐδένα ἔπεισε χριστιανίσαι, χαλεπῶς ἐνεγκὼν, ἐπηράσατο τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἀνεχώρησε.

μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τῶν ἐνθάδε πρωτευόντων ἐξαμαρτόντων εἰς βασιλέα, παραγενομένη στρατιὰ μετὰ τριακοσίων ἐλεφάντων τὴν πόλιν κατέστρεψαν,

καὶ οἷα ἄρουραν γεωργήσαντες ἔσπειραν. Μίλλης δὲ μόνον πῆραν ἐπιφερόμενος, ἐν ᾗ τὴν ἱερὰν βίβλον τῶν εὐαγγελίων εἶχεν, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπῆλθεν εὐξόμενος: κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐπὶ θέαν τῶν αὐτόθι μοναχῶν. Οἵων δὲ τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα παραδόξων καὶ θεσπεσίων ἔργων δημιουργὸν γενέσθαι παρειλήφαμεν, μαρτυροῦσι Σύρων παῖδες, οἳ τὰς αὐτοῦ πράξεις καὶ τὸν βίον ἀνεγράψαντο.

Ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι ταῦτα τέως περὶ αὐτοῦ διεξελθεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Περσίδι μαρτυρησάντων ἐπὶ τῆς Σαβώρου βασιλείας. Σχολῇ γὰρ ἄν τις ἅπαντα τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς γεγενημένα ἀπαριθμήσαι, τίνες τε ἦσαν καὶ πόθεν, ἢ πῶς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐπετέλεσαν, καὶ ποίας τιμωρίας ὑπέμειναν: παντοδαποὶ γὰρ, τῶν τοιούτων τρόπων

παρὰ Πέρσαις εἰς ὠμότητα φιλοτιμουμένων. Ὡς ἔνι δὲ συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, λέγεται τῶν τότε μαρτύρων τοὺς ὀνομαστὶ φερομένους, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, εἶναι εἰς μυρίους ἑξακισχιλίους: τὴν δὲ ἐκτὸς τούτων πληθὺν, κρείττω ἀριθμοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐργῶδες φανῆναι τὰς αὐτῶν προσηγορίας ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, Πέρσαις τε καὶ Σύροις, καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἔδεσαν οἰκοῦσιν, οἳ πολλὴν τοῦτο ἐπιμέλειαν ἐποιήσαντο.

2.15 Constantine writes to Sapor to stay the Persecution of the Christians

Constantine the Roman emperor was angry, and bore it ill when he heard of the sufferings to which the Christians were exposed in Persia. He desired most anxiously to render them assistance, yet knew not in what way to effect this object. About this time some ambassadors from the Persian king arrived at his court, and after granting their requests and dismissing them, he thought it would be a favorable opportunity to address Sapor in behalf of the Christians in Persia, and wrote to him, confessing that it would be a very great and forever indescribable favor, if he would be humane to those who admired the teaching of the Christians under him. “There is nothing in their religion,” said he, “of a reprehensible nature; by bloodless prayers alone do they offer supplication to God, for he delighteth not in the outpouring of blood, but taketh pleasure only in a pure soul devoted to virtue and to religion; so that they who believe these things are worthy of commendation.” The emperor then assured Sapor that God would be propitious to him if he treated the Christians with lenity, and adduced the example of Valerian and of himself in proof thereof. He had himself, by faith in Christ, and by the aid of Divine inclination, come forth from the shores of the Western ocean, and reduced to obedience the whole of the Roman world, and had terminated many wars against foreigners and usurpers; and yet had never had recourse to sacrifices or divinations, but had for victory used only the symbol of the Cross at the head of his own armies, and prayer pure from blood and defilement. The reign of Valerian was prosperous so long as he refrained from persecuting the Church; but he afterwards commenced a persecution against the Christians, and was delivered by Divine vengeance into the hands of the Persians, who took him prisoner and put him to a cruel death.”

It was in this strain that Constantine wrote to Sapor, urging him to be well-disposed to this religion; for the emperor extended his watchful care over all the Christians of every region, whether Roman or foreign.

Ὅπως ὁ Κωνσταντῖνος γράφει Σαβώρῃ παῦσαι κολάζειν Χριστιανούς.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὧδε πολεμεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐν Περσίδι Χριστιανοὺς ἔγνω Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεὺς, ἤσχαλλέ τε καὶ σφόδρα ἐδυσφόρει. Καὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς σπουδάζων, ἠπόρει ὅ, τι ποιήσοι, ὡς ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ βεβαίως διάγοιεν. Καὶ συμβὰν κατ’ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ πρέσβεις παῤ αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως, ἐπινεύσας τοῖς αἰτουμένοις, τὰ κατὰ γνώμην πράξαντας

ἀπέπεμψεν. Εὔκαιρον δὲ τότε νομίσας, παραθέσθαι Σαβώρῃ τοὺς ἐν Περσίδι Χριστιανοὺς, ἔγραψε πρὸς αὐτὸν, μεγίστην καὶ ἀνάγραπτον ἀεὶ χαρὶν ὁμολογῶν ἕξειν, εἰ φιλάνθρωπος γένοιτο περὶ τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτὸν τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν θαυμάζοντας. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ, φησὶ, τῆς θρησκείας οὐδὲν ἐγκαλεῖν ἐστὶν, εἴ γε μόναις εὐχαῖς ἀναιμάκτοις πρὸς ἱκεσίαν Θεοῦ ἀρκοῦνται. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτῷ φίλον αἱμάτων χύσις: μόνῃ δὲ χαίρει ψυχῇ καθαρᾷ, πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν ὁρώσῃ: ὥς τε καὶ ἐπαινεῖν χρῆναι τοὺς ὧδε πιστεύοντας.

Ἔπειτα δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸ δόγμα προνοίας, ἵλεω καὶ αὐτὸ ἕξειν τὸ θεῖον ὑπισχνεῖτο, τεκμηρίοις χρώμενος τοῖς Οὐαλλεριανῷ καὶ αὐτῷ συμβεβηκόσιν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν συμμάχῳ χρώμενος τῇ θεόθεν ῥοπῇ, ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς δύσιν ὠκεανοῦ ἀρξάμενος, τὴν πᾶσαν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην ὑφ̓ ἑαυτὸν ἐποιήσατο: καὶ πολλοὺς πολέμους κατώρθωσε, πρὸς ἀλλοφύλους καὶ τοὺς τότε τυράννους μαχόμενος: καὶ μὴ δεηθῆναι σφαγίων ἢ μαντείων τινῶν: ἀλλὰ ἀποχρῆσαι αὐτῷ εἰς νίκην τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ σύμβολον,

τῶν οἰκείων στρατευμάτων προηγούμενον, καὶ εὐχὴν καθαρὰν αἱμάτων καὶ ῥύπου. Ὁ δὲ Οὐαλλεριανὸς, ἐφ̓ ὅσον οὐκ ἐκακούργει τὰς ἐκκλησίας, εὐημερῶν διετέλει τὴν ἀρχήν: ἐπεὶ δὲ διωγμὸν ἐγείρειν ἐβουλεύσατο κατὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν, θεία μῆνις ἐλάσασα αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Πέρσας ἐποίησε: παῤ ὧν αἰχμάλωτος ληφθεὶς,

ἐλεεινῶς τὸν βίον κατέπαυσε. Τοιαῦτα Σαβώρῃ γράψας Κωνσταντῖνος, ἐπειρᾶτο πείθειν αὐτὸν εὐνοεῖν τῇ θρησκείᾳ. Πλείστῃ γὰρ ἐχρῆτο κηδεμονίᾳ περὶ τοὺς πανταχοῦ Χριστιανοὺς, Ῥωμαίους καὶ ἀλλοφύλους.

2.16 Eusebius and Theognis who at the Council of Nice had assented to the Writings of Arius restored to their own Sees

Not long after the council of Nice, Arius was recalled from exile; but the prohibition to enter Alexandria was unrevoked. It shall be related in the proper place how he strove to obtain permission to return to Egypt. Not long after, Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theognis, bishop of Nicæa, regained possession of their churches after expelling Amphion and Chrestos who had been ordained in their stead. They owed their restoration to a document which they had presented to the bishops, containing a retractation: “Although we have been condemned without a trial by your piety, we deemed it right to remain silent concerning the judgment passed by your piety. But as it would be absurd to remain longer silent, when silence is regarded as a proof of the truth of the calumniators, we now declare to you that we too agree in this faith, and after a diligent examination of the thought in the word ‘consubstantial,’ we are wholly intent upon preserving peace, and that we never pursued any heresy. Having proposed for the safety of the churches such argument as occurred to us, and having been fully convinced, and fully convincing those who ought to have been persuaded by us, we undersigned the creed; but we did not subscribe to the anathema, not because we impugned the creed, but because we did not believe the accused to be what he was represented to us; the letters we had received from him, and the arguments he had delivered in our presence, fully satisfying us that he was not such an one. Would that the holy Synod were convinced that we are not bent on opposing, but are accordant with the points accurately defined by you, and by this document, we do attest our assent thereto: and this is not because we are wearied of exile, but because we wish to avert all suspicion of heresy; for if you will condescend to admit us now into your presence, you will find us in all points of the same sentiments as yourselves, and obedient to your decisions, and then it shall seem good to your piety to be merciful to him who was accused on these points and to have him recalled. If the party amenable to justice has been recalled and has defended himself from the charge made, it would be absurd, were we by our silence to confirm the reports that calumny had spread against us. We beseech you then, as befits your piety, dear to Christ, that you memorialize our emperor, most beloved of God, and that you hand over our petition, and that you counsel quickly, what is agreeable to you concerning us.” It was by these means that Eusebius and Theognis, after their change of sentiment, were reinstated in their churches.

Ὅτι οἱ περὶ Ἄρειον βιβλίον δόντες συμφρονεῖν τῇ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδῳ, τοὺς οἰκείους θρόνους ἀπέλαβον, Εὐσέβιός τε καὶ Θεόγνιος.

Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, Ἄρειος μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξορίαν ἀπαγόμενος, ἀνεκλήθη: Ἀλεξανδρείας δὲ ἔτι ἐπιβαίνειν κεκώλυτο. Ἀμέλει τοι ὕστερον ἡ εἰς Αἴγυπτον αὐτῷ κάθοδος ἐσπουδάσθη,

ὡς ἐν καιρῷ λελέξεται. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ τὰς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας ἀπέλαβον Εὐσέβιός τε ὁ Νικομηδείας, Ἀμφίωνα τὸν ἀντ̓ αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθέντα ἐκβαλὼν, καὶ Θεόγνιος δὲ ὁ Νικαίας, Χρῆστον. Ἀνεκλήθησαν δὲ, μετανοίας βιβλίον ὧδε ἔχον τοῖς ἐπισκόποις διδόντες:

Ἤδη μὲν καταψηφισθέντες πρὸ κρίσεως παρὰ τῆς εὐλαβείας ὑμῶν, ὀφείλομεν σιωπᾷν τὰ κεκριμένα παρὰ τῆς εὐλαβείας ὑμῶν. Ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ἄτοπον καθ̓ ἑαυτῶν διδόναι τῶν συκοφαντούντων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῇ σιωπῇ, τούτου ἕνεκεν ἀναφέρομεν, ὡς ἡμεῖς καὶ τῇ πίστει συνεδράμομεν, καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐξετάσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοουσίῳ ὅλοι ἐγενόμεθα τῆς εἰρήνης,

μηδαμοῦ τῇ αἱρέσει ἐξακολουθήσαντες. Ὑπομνήσαντες δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀσφαλείᾳ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ὅσα τὸν λογισμὸν ἡμῶν ὑπέτρεχε, καὶ πληροφορηθέντες, καὶ πληροφορήσαντες τοὺς δἰ ἡμῶν πεισθῆναι ὀφείλοντας, ὑπεσημῃνάμεθα τῇ πίστει: τῷ δὲ ἀναθεματισμῷ οὐχ ὑπεγράψαμεν, οὐχ ὡς τῆς πίστεως κατηγοροῦντες, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἀπιστοῦντες τοιοῦτον εἶναι τὸν κατηγορηθέντα, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἡμᾶς παῤ αὐτοῦ διά τε ἐπιστολῶν καὶ τῶν εἰς πρόσωπον διαλέξεων πεπληροφορημένοι μὴ τοιοῦτον εἶναι.

Εἰ δὲ ἐπείσθη ἡ ἁγία ὑμῶν σύνοδος, οὐκ ἀντιτείνοντες, ἀλλὰ συντιθέμενοι τοῖς παῤ ὑμῶν ἠκριβωμένοις, καὶ διὰ τοῦ γράμματος πληροφοροῦμεν τὴν συγκατάθεσιν, οὐ τὴν ἐξορίαν βαρέως φέροντες, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τῆς αἱρέσεως ἀποδυόμενοι.

Εἰ γὰρ καταξιώσητε νῦν γοῦν εἰς πρόσωπον ἐπαναλαβεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἕξετε ἐν ἅπασι συμψύχους, ἀκολουθοῦντας τοῖς παῤ ὑμῖν κεκριμένοις καὶ ὅτε αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐναγόμενον ἔδοξεν ὑμῶν τῇ εὐλαβείᾳ φιλανθρωπεύεσθαι,

καὶ ἀνακαλέσασθαι. Ἄτοπον δέ τι δοκοῦντες εἶναι ὑπευθύνου ἀνακεκλημένου, καὶ ἀπολογησαμένου ἐφ̓ οἷς διεβάλλετο, ἡμᾶς ἐπισιωπᾷν καθ̓ ἑαυτῶν ἐνδόντας τὸν ἔλεγχον. Καταξιώσατε οὖν, ὡς ἁρμόζει τῇ φιλοχρίστῳ ὑμῶν εὐλαβείᾳ, καὶ τὸν θεοφιλέστατον βασιλέα ὑπομνῆσαι, καὶ δεήσεις ἡμῶν ἐγχειρίσαι, καὶ θᾶττον βουλεύσασθαι τὰ ὑμῖν ἁρμόζοντα ἐφ̓ ἡμῖν. Ὧδε μὲν αὐτοῖς Εὐσέβιός τε καὶ Θεόγνιος μετεμελήθησαν, καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας ἀπέλαβον.

2.17 On the Death of Alexander, Bishop of Alexandria, at his Suggestion, Athanasius receives the Throne; and an Account of his Youth; how he was a Self-Taught Priest, and beloved by Antony the Great

About this period Alexander, bishop of Alexandria, when about to depart this life, left Athanasius as his successor, in accordance, I am convinced, with the Divine will directing the vote upon him. It is said that Athanasius at first sought to avoid the honor by flight, but that he, although unwilling, was afterwards constrained by Alexander to accept the bishopric. This is testified by Apolinarius, the Syrian, in the following terms: “In all these matters much disturbance was excited by impiety, but its first effects were felt by the blessed teacher of this man, who was at hand as an assistant, and behaved as a son would to his father. Afterwards this holy man himself underwent the same experience, for when appointed to the episcopal succession he fled to escape the honor; but he was discovered in his place of concealment by the help of God, who had forecast by Divine manifestations to his blessed predecessor, that the succession was to devolve upon him. For when Alexander was on the point of death, he called upon Athanasius, who was then absent. One who bore the same name, and who happened to be present, on hearing him call this way, answered him; but to him Alexander was silent, since he was not summoning this man. Again he called, and as it often happens, the one present kept still, and so the absent one was disclosed. Moreover, the blessed Alexander prophetically exclaimed, ‘O Athanasius, thou thinkest to escape, but thou wilt not escape’; meaning that Athanasius would be called to the conflict.” Such is the account given by Apolinarius respecting Athanasius.

The Arians assert that after the death of Alexander, the respective followers of that bishop and of Melitius held communion together, and fifty-four bishops from Thebes, and other parts of Egypt, assembled together, and agreed by oath to choose by a common vote, the man who could advantageously administer the Church of Alexandria; but that seven of the bishops, in violation of their oath, and contrary to the opinion of all, secretly ordained Athanasius; and that on this account many of the people and of the Egyptian clergy seceded from communion with him. For my part, I am convinced that it was by Divine appointment that Athanasius succeeded to the high-priesthood; for he was eloquent and intelligent, and capable of opposing plots, and of such a man the times had the greatest need. He displayed great aptitude in the exercise of the ecclesiastical functions and fitness for the priesthood, and was, so to speak, from his earliest years, self-taught. It is said that the following incident occurred to him in his youth. It was the custom of the Alexandrians to celebrate with great pomp an annual festival in honor of one of their bishops named Peter, who had suffered martyrdom. Alexander, who then conducted the church, engaged in the celebration of this festival, and after having completed the worship, he remained on the spot, awaiting the arrival of some guests whom he expected to breakfast. In the meantime he chanced to cast his eyes towards the sea, and perceived some children playing on the shore, and amusing themselves by imitating the bishop and the ceremonies of the Church. At first he considered the mimicry as innocent, and took pleasure in witnessing it; but when they touched upon the unutterable, he was troubled, and communicated the matter to the chief of the clergy. The children were called together and questioned as to the game at which they were playing, and as to what they did and said when engaged in this amusement. At first they through fear denied; but when Alexander threatened them with torture, they confessed that Athanasius was their bishop and leader, and that many children who had not been initiated had been baptized by him. Alexander carefully inquired what the priest of their play was in the habit of saying or doing, and what they answered or were taught. On finding that the exact routine of the Church had been accurately observed by them, he consulted the priests around him on the subject, and decided that it would he unnecessary to rebaptize those who, in their simplicity, had been judged worthy of the Divine grace. He therefore merely performed for them such offices as it is lawful only for those who are consecrated to initiating the mysteries. He then took Athanasius and the other children, who had playfully acted as presbyters and deacons, to their own relations under God as a witness that they might be brought up for the Church, and for leadership in what they had imitated. Not long after, he took Athanasius as his table companion and secretary. He had been well educated, was versed in grammar and rhetoric, and already when he came to man’s estate, and before he attained the bishopric, he gave proof to those conversing with him of his being a man of wisdom and intellectuality. But when, on the death of Alexander, the succession devolved upon him, his reputation was greatly increased, and was sustained by his own private virtues and by the testimony of the monk, Antony the Great. This monk repaired to him when he requested his presence, visited the cities, accompanied him to the churches, and agreed with him in opinion concerning the Godhead. He evinced unlimited friendship towards him, and avoided the society of his enemies and opponents.

Ὅτι τοῦ Ἀλεξανδρείας τελευτήσαντος Ἀλεξάνδρου, Ἀθανάσιος ἐκ προτροπῆς ἐκείνου λαμβάνει τὸν θρόνον: καὶ διήγησις περὶ τῆς ἐκ νέου ἡλικίας αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτοδίδακτος ἦν ἱερεὺς, καὶ φιλούμενος τῷ μεγάλῳ Ἀντωνίῳ.

Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, μέλλων τὸν βίον μεταλλάσσειν Ἀλέξανδρος Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπος, διάδοχον αὐτοῦ κατέλιπεν Ἀθανάσιον, θείαις προστάξεσιν, ὡς ἡγοῦμαι, ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀγαγὼν τὴν ψῆφον: ἐπεὶ τόν γε Ἀθανάσιον φασὶν ἀποφυγεῖν πειραθῆναι, καὶ ἄκοντα βιασθῆναι πρὸς Ἀλεξάνδρου, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ὑποδέξασθαι.

Καὶ μαρτυρεῖ Ἀπολινάριος ὁ Σύρος ὧδε λέγων Οὐκ ὀκνεῖ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολεμεῖν ἡ δυσσέβεια ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν μακάριον διδάσκαλον τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὁπλίζεται καὶ οὗτος παρῆν συνήγορος, ὡς πατρὶ παῖς: ἔπειτα καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ὡς ἧκεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς διαδοχὴν, πολλῇ μὲν ἀποφυγῇ χρησάμενος: κατὰ Θεὸν δὲ ἀνευρεθεὶς, ὡς καὶ τῷ μακαρίῳ ἀνδρὶ τῷ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐγχειρίσαντι προδεδήλωτο θείαις δηλώσεσιν, οὐχ ἕτερον ἔσεσθαι τὸν διάδοχον ἢ τοῦτον.

Ἐκαλεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ βίου: ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τυγχάνων, Ἀθανάσιον ὀνομαστὶ μὴ παρόντα ἐκάλει. Καὶ ὡς ὁ παρὼν ὁμώνυμος ὑπήκουε τῇ κλήσει, πρὸς μὲν τοῦτον ἀπεσιώπα, ὡς οὐ τοῦτον καλῶν. Αὖθις δὲ ἐχρῆτο τῇ κλήσει: καὶ ὡς ταυτὸ πολλάκις ἐγίνετο, ἀπεσιωπᾶτο μὲν ὁ παρὼν, ἐδηλοῦτο δὲ ὁ μὴ παρών. Καὶ προφητικῶς ἔλεγεν ὁ μακάριος Ἀλέξανδρος, Ἀθανάσιε, νομίζεις ἐκπεφευγέναι: οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ: δηλῶν ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐκαλεῖτο.

Ταῦτα μὲν Ἀπολινάριος γράφει περὶ Ἀθανασίου. Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀρείου αἱρέσεως λέγουσιν, ὡς Ἀλεξάνδρου τελευτήσαντος, ἐκοινώνουν ἀλλήλοις οἱ τὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες: συνελθόντες τε ἐκ Θηβαΐδος καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ τέσσαρες ἐπίσκοποι, ἐνωμότως συνέθεντο, κοινῇ ψήφῳ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸν ὀφείλοντα τὴν Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύειν: ἐπιορκήσαντας δὲ ἑπτά τινας τῶν ἐπισκόπων, παρὰ τὴν πάντων γνώμην κλέψαι τὴν Ἀθανασίου χειροτονίαν: καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον κληρικῶν ἀποφυγεῖν τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίαν.

Ἐγὼ δὲ πείθομαι τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον οὐκ ἀθεεὶ παρελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην, λέγειν τε καὶ νοεῖν ἱκανὸν, καὶ πρὸς ἐπιβουλὰς ἀντέχειν: οἵου μάλιστα ὁ κατ’ αὐτὸν ἐδεῖτο καιρός. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ὅτι μάλιστα, καὶ περὶ τὸ ἱερᾶσθαι ἐπιτηδειότατος, ἐκ νέου,

ὡς εἰπεῖν, αὐτοδίδακτος τοιοῦτος φανείς. Ἀμέλει τοι οὔπω προσήβῳ γενομένῳ, τόδε φασὶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ συμβεβηκέναι. Δημοτελῆ καὶ σφόδρα λαμπρὰν πανήγυριν εἰσέτι νῦν ἄγουσιν Ἀλεξανδρεῖς, τὴν ἐτησίαν ἡμέραν τῆς μαρτυρίας Πέτρου τοῦ γενομένου παῤ αὐτοῖς ἐπισκόπου. Ταύτην τε ἐπιτελῶν Ἀλέξανδρος, ὁ τότε τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡγούμενος, ἤδη τὴν λειτουργίαν πληρώσας, περιέμενε τοὺς ἅμα αὐτῷ μέλλοντας ἀριστᾷν.

Καθ̓ ἑαυτὸν δὲ διάγων, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἶχεν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. Ἰδὼν δὲ πόρρωθεν παρὰ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν παῖδας παίζοντας, καὶ ἐπίσκοπον μιμουμένους καὶ τὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἔθη, ἐφ̓ ὅσον ἀκίνδυνον ἑώρα τὴν μίμησιν, ἥδετο τῇ θέᾳ, καὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ἔχαιρεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἥψαντο, ἐταράχθη: καὶ μετακαλεσάμενος τοὺς ἐν τέλει τοῦ κλήρου, ἐπέδειξε τοὺς παῖδας: καὶ συλληφθέντας αὐτοὺς ἀχθῆναι κελεύσας, ἐπυνθάνετο τίς αὐτοῖς ἦν ἡ παιδιὰ, καὶ ποδαποὶ οἱ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ λόγοι καὶ πράξεις.

Οἱ δὲ, δείσαντες, τὰ πρῶτα ἠρνοῦντο: ἐπιμείναντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τῇ βασάνῳ, κατεμήνυσαν ἐπίσκοπον μὲν καὶ ἀρχηγὸν γενέσθαι τὸν Ἀθανάσιον: βαπτισθῆναι δὲ παῤ αὐτοῦ τινὰς τῶν ἀμυήτων παίδων.

Οὓς ἐπιμελῶς ἀνέκρινεν Ἀλέξανδρος, τί μὲν αὐτοὺς ἤρετο ἢ ἐποίησεν ὁ τῆς παιδιᾶς ἱερεύς: τί δὲ αὐτοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο ἢ ἐδιδάχθησαν. Ἀνευρὼν δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τάξιν ἀκριβῶς ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς φυλαχθεῖσαν, ἐδοκίμασεν ἅμα τοῖς ἀμφ̓ αὐτὸν ἱερεῦσι βουλευσάμενος, μὴ χρῆναι ἀναβαπτίσαι τοὺς ἅπαξ ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς θείας χάριτος ἀξιωθέντας. Τὰ δὲ ἄλλα περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐπλήρου, ἃ θέμις μόνους τοὺς ἱερωμένους μυσταγωγοῦντας τελεῖν.

Ἀθανάσιον δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παῖδας, οἳ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ διάκονοι ἐν τῷ παίζειν ἐτύγχανον, ὑπὸ μάρτυρι τῷ Θεῷ τοῖς οἰκείοις παρέδωκεν ἀναθρέψαι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ ἀγαγεῖν ἐφ̓ ὃ ἐμιμήσαντο. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ, ὁμοδίαιτον καὶ ὑπογραφέα τὸν Ἀθανάσιον εἶχεν. Εὖ δὲ ἀχθεὶς, γραμματικοῖς τε καὶ ῥήτορσι φοιτήσας, ἤδη εἰς ἄνδρας τελῶν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς πεῖραν ἔδωκε τοῖς ὁμιλήσασιν αὐτῷ σοφοῦ καὶ ἐλλογίμου ἀνδρός.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησεν Ἀλέξανδρος, διάδοχον αὐτὸν καταλιπὼν, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπέδωκεν ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξα, βεβαιουμένη ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀρεταῖς, καὶ τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ τοῦ μεγάλου Ἀντωνίου μοναχοῦ. Μετακαλουμένου γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὑπήκουε, καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐφοίτα: καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐκκλησίας συνῄει: καὶ οἷς ἐδόξαζε περὶ Θεοῦ συνεψηφίζετο. Καὶ φίλον ἐν πᾶσιν εἶχεν αὐτὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους ἢ ἀπεχθανομένους αὐτῷ ἀπεστρέφετο.

2.18 The Arians and Melitians confer Celebrity on Athanasius; concerning Eusebius, and his Request of Athanasius to admit Arius to Communion; concerning the Term “Consubstantial” Eusebius Pamphilus and Eustathius, Bishop of Antioch, create Tumults above all the rest

The reputation of Athanasius was, however, especially increased by the Arians and Melitians; although always plotting, they never appeared rightly to catch and make him a prisoner. In the first place, Eusebius wrote to urge him to receive the Arians into communion, and threatened, without writing it, to ill-treat him should he refuse to do so. But as Athanasius would not yield to his representation, but maintained that those who had devised a heresy in innovating upon the truth, and who had been condemned by the council of Nice, ought not to be received into the Church, Eusebius contrived to interest the emperor in favor of Arius, and so procured his return. I shall state a little further on how all these events came to pass.

At this period, the bishops had another tumultuous dispute among themselves, concerning the precise meaning of the term “consubstantial.” Some thought that this term could not be admitted without blasphemy; that it implied the non-existence of the Son of God; and that it involved the error of Montanus and Sabellius. Those, on the other hand, who defended the term, regarded their opponents as Greeks (or pagans), and considered that their sentiments led to polytheism. Eusebius, surnamed Pamphilus, and Eustathius, bishop of Antioch, took the lead in this dispute. They both confessed the Son of God to exist hypostatically, and yet they contended together as if they had misunderstood each other. Eustathius accused Eusebius of altering the doctrines ratified by the council of Nicæa, while the latter declared that he approved of all the Nicæan doctrines, and reproached Eustathius for cleaving to the heresy of Sabellius.

Ὅτι οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ καὶ Μελετιανοὶ περιφανῆ ἐποίησαν Ἀθανάσιον. Καὶ περὶ Εὐσεβίου, καὶ ὅπως ἀπεπειρᾶτο Ἀθανάσιος δέξασθαι Ἄρειον: καὶ περὶ τῆς λέξεως τοῦ ὁμοουσίου: ὅπως μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων ὁ Παμφίλου Εὐσέβιος, καὶ Εὐστάθιος ὁ Ἀντιοχείας ἐστασίαζον.

Μάλιστα δὲ ἐνδοξότατον αὐτὸν κατέστησαν οἱ τὰ Ἀρείου καὶ Μελετίου φρονοῦντες: ἀεὶ μὲν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες,

οὐδέποτε δὲ δικαίως αὐτὸν ἑλεῖν δόξαντες. Τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα δἰ ἐπιστολῆς ἐπειράθη αὐτοῦ Εὐσέβιος, δέχεσθαι τοὺς περὶ Ἄρειον: εἰ δὲ ἀπειθήσει, κακῶς αὐτὸν ποιήσειν ἀγράφως ἠπείλει. Ὡς δὲ οὐκ εἶξε, μὴ δεκτοὺς εἶναι ἐνιστάμενος τοὺς ἐπὶ νεωτερισμῷ τῆς ἀληθείας αἵρεσιν εὑρόντας, καὶ παρὰ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ἀποκηρυχθέντας, ἐσπούδαζεν ὅπως αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς προσδέξηται τὸν Ἄρειον, καὶ κάθοδον αὐτῷ παράσχῃ. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ἐγένετο,

οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐρῶ. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, πάλιν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐστασίαζον οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, ἀκριβολογούμενοι περὶ τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὄνομα. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ, τοὺς τοῦτο προσδεχομένους βλασφημεῖν ᾤοντο, ὡς ὑπάρξεως ἐκτὸς τὸν υἱὸν δοξάζοντας, καὶ τὰ Μοντανοῦ καὶ Σαβελλίου φρονοῦντας: οἱ δ’ αὖ πάλιν, ὡς Ἑλληνιστὰς τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐξετρέποντο, καὶ πολυθεΐας εἰσάγειν διέβαλλον.

Κατετρίβοντο δὲ μάλιστα περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, Εὐσέβιός τε ὁ Παμφίλου, καὶ Εὐστάθιος ὁ Ἀντιοχεύς. Ἀμφότεροι μὲν γὰρ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑποστάσει εἶναι ὡμολόγουν: ὥσπερ δὲ ἀλλήλων μὴ ἐπαΐοντες, ἀλλήλους διέβαλλον. Καὶ Εὐστάθιος μὲν ἐπῃτιᾶτο τὸν Εὐσέβιον, εἰς τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαντα περὶ τοῦ δόγματος καινοτομοῦντα: ὁ δὲ, ταῦτα μὲν ἐπαινεῖν φησίν, Εὐσταθίῳ δὲ τὴν Σαβελλίου ὀνειδίζειν δόξαν.

2.19 Synod of Antioch; Unjust Deposition of Eustathius; Euphronius receives the Throne; Constantine the Great writes to the Synod and to Eusebius Pamphilus, who refuses the Bishopric of Antioch

A synod having been convened at Antioch, Eustathius was deprived of the church of that city. It was most generally believed that he was deposed merely on account of his adherence to the faith of the council of Nicæa, and on account of his having accused Eusebius, Paulinus, bishop of Tyre, and Patrophilus, bishop of Scythopolis (whose sentiments were adopted by the Eastern priests), of favoring the heresy of Arius. The pretext resorted to for his deposition, however, was, that he had defiled the priesthood by unholy deeds. His deposition excited so great a sedition at Antioch, that the people were on the point of taking up arms, and the whole city was in a state of commotion. This greatly injured him in the opinion of the emperor; for when he understood what had happened, and that the people of that church were divided into two parties, he was much enraged, and regarded him with suspicion as the author of the tumult. The emperor, however, sent an illustrious officer of his palace, invested with full authority, to calm the populace, and put an end to the disturbance, without having recourse to violence or injury.

Those who had deposed Eustathius, and who on this account were assembled in Antioch, imagining that their sentiments would be universally received, if they could succeed in placing over the Church of Antioch one of their own opinion, who was known to the emperor, and held in repute for learning and eloquence, and that they could obtain the obedience of the rest, fixed their thoughts upon Eusebius Pamphilus for that see. They wrote to the emperor upon this subject, and stated that this course would be highly acceptable to the people. He had, in fact, been sought by all the clergy and laity who were inimical to Eustathius. Eusebius, however, wrote to the emperor refusing the dignity. The emperor approved of his refusal with praise; for there was an ecclesiastical law prohibiting the removal of a bishop from one bishopric to another. He wrote to the people and to Eusebius, adopting his judgment and calling him happy, because he was worthy to hold the bishopric not only of one single city, but of the world. The emperor also wrote to the people of the Church of Antioch concerning like-mindedness, and told them that they ought not to desire the bishops of other regions, even as they ought not to covet the possessions of others. In addition to these, he despatched another epistle to the Synod, in private session, and similarly commended Eusebius as in the letter to him for having refused the bishopric; and being convinced that Euphronius, a presbyter of Cappadocia, and George of Arethusa were men approved in creed, he commanded the bishops to decide for one or other of them, or for whomsoever might appear worthy of the honor, and to ordain a president for the Church of Antioch. On the receipt of these letters from the emperor, Euphronius was ordained; and I have heard that Eustathius bore this unjust calumny calmly, judging it to be better, as he was a man who, besides his virtues and excellent qualities, was justly admired on account of his fine eloquence, as is evidenced by his transmitted works, which are highly approved for their choice of words, flavor of expression, temperateness of sentiments, elegance and grace of narration.

Περὶ τῆς Ἀντιοχείας συνόδου: καὶ ὅτι ἀδίκως καθῃρέθη Εὐστάθιος, καὶ Εὐφρόνιος τὸν θρόνον λαμβάνει. Καὶ οἷα ὁ Μέγας Κωνσταντῖνος ἔγραψε τῇ συνόδῳ, καὶ Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Παμφίλου, παραιτησαμένῳ τῇ Ἀντιοχείᾳ.

Συνόδου δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ γενομένης, ἀφαιρεῖται Εὐστάθιος τὴν Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίαν: τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς, ὡς πολὺς ἔχει λόγος, καθότι τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν ἐπῄνει, καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον καὶ Παυλῖνον τὸν Τύρου ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Πατρόφιλον τὸν Σκυθοπόλεως, ὧν τῇ γνώμῃ οἱ ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἱερεῖς εἵποντο, οἷά γε τὰ Ἀρείου φρονοῦντας ἀπεστρέφετο καὶ φανερῶς διέβαλλε:

πρόφασιν δὲ, ὡς οὐχ ὁσίαις πράξεσι τὴν ἱερωσύνην αἰσχύνας ἐφωράθη. Μεγίστη δὲ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ καθαίρεσιν ἀνεκινήθη στάσις κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν: ὡς μικροῦ δεῖν ξιφῶν ἅψασθαι τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ πᾶσαν κινδυνεῦσαι τὴν πόλιν. Ἔβλαψε δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὐ μετρίως αὐτὸν πρὸς βασιλέα. Ὡς γὰρ ἔγνω ταῦτα συμβεβηκέναι, καὶ τὸν λαὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς δύο διῃρῆσθαι, σφόδρα ἐχαλέπαινε, καὶ ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ αὐτὸν εἶχεν, ὡς αἴτιον τῆς στάσεως. Πέμπει δ’ ὅμως τινὰ τῶν ἀμφ̓ αὐτὸν λαμπρῶς στρατευομένων, ἐντειλάμενος εἰς δέος καταστῆσαι τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ δίχα ταραχῆς καὶ βλάβης καταπαῦσαι τὴν στάσιν.

Λογισάμενοι δὲ οἱ καθελόντες Εὐστάθιον, οἳ δὴ τούτου χάριν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν συνηγμένοι ἐτύγχανον, ὡς εἰ τῶν ὁμοδόξων αὐτοῖς προστήσαιντό τινα τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας βασιλεῖ γνώριμον, καὶ ἐπὶ λόγων ἐπιστήμῃ εὐδόκιμον, ῥᾳδίως ἕξουσι πειθομένους τοὺς ἄλλους, εὖ ἔχειν ἐνόμισαν ἐπιτρέψαι τὸν Ἀντιοχέων θρόνον Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Παμφίλου. Καὶ γράφουσι περὶ τούτου τῷ βασιλεῖ, δηλώσαντες καὶ τῷ λαῷ ὑπερφυῶς τοῦτο κεχαρισμένον εἶναι. Ὧδε γὰρ ἐξῄτησαν καὶ ὅσοι τοῦ κλήρου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἀπεχθῶς εἶχον πρὸς Εὐστάθιον.

Ὅ γε μὴν Εὐσέβιος ἔγραψε τῷ βασιλεῖ παραιτούμενος. Ἐπαινέσας δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν παραίτησιν ὁ βασιλεύς: νόμος γὰρ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἐκώλυε, τὸν ἅπαξ ἡγησάμενον ἐκκλησίας, ἐπισκοπὴν ἄλλην μὴ μετιέναι: ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ τῷ λαῷ καὶ αὐτῷ Εὐσεβίῳ, ἀποδεχόμενος αὐτὸν τῆς γνώμης, καὶ μακάριον ἀποκαλῶν, ὡς οὐ μιᾶς πόλεως ἀλλὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης ὄντα ἄξιον ἐπισκοπεῖν.

Ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας, περί τε ὁμονοίας καὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν ἐφίεσθαι τοῦ παῤ ἄλλοις ἐπισκοποῦντος, ὡς οὐκ ἀγαθοῦ ὄντος τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν.

Ἰδίᾳ δὲ παρὰ ταύτας ἄλλην ἐπιστολὴν τῇ συνόδῳ διεπέμψατο: καὶ Εὐσέβιον μὲν ὁμοίως τῆς παραιτήσεως ἐθαύμαζεν ἐν τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν γράμμασιν: ὡς δοκίμους δὲ τὴν πίστιν εἶναι πειθόμενος, Εὐφρόνιον Καππαδόκην πρεσβύτερον, καὶ Γεώργιον Ἀρεθούσιον, ἐκέλευσε τούτων ὃν ἂν κρίνωσιν, ἢ ἕτερον ὃς ἄξιος, φησὶ, φανείη, χειροτονῆσαι τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας προστάτην.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ βασιλέως ἐδέξαντο γράμματα, Εὐφρόνιον ἐχειροτόνησαν. Εὐστάθιος δὲ, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ἡσυχῆ τὴν συκοφαντίαν ἤνεγκεν, ὧδέπη κρίνας ἄμεινον: ἀνὴρ τά τε ἄλλα καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ εὐγλωττίᾳ δικαίως θαυμαζόμενος, ὡς ἐκ τῶν φερομένων αὐτοῦ λόγων συνιδεῖν ἐστὶν, ἀρχαιότητι φράσεως καὶ σωφροσύνῃ νοημάτων, καὶ ὀνομάτων κάλλει, καὶ χάριτι ἀπαγγελίας εὐδοκιμούντων.

2.20 Concerning Maximus, who succeeded Macarius in the See of Jerusalem

About this time Mark, who had succeeded Silvester, and who had held the episcopal sway during a short period, died, and Julius was raised to the see of Rome. Maximus succeeded Macarius in the bishopric of Jerusalem. It is said that Macarius had ordained him bishop over the church of Diospolis, but that the members of the church of Jerusalem insisted upon his remaining among them. For since he was a confessor, and otherwise excellent, he was secretly chosen beforehand in the approbation of the people for their bishopric, after that Macarius should die. The dread of offending the people and exciting an insurrection led to the election of another bishop over Diospolis, and Maximus remained in Jerusalem, and exercised the priestly functions conjointly with Macarius; and after the death of this latter, he governed that church. It is, however, well known to those who are accurately acquainted with these circumstances, that Macarius concurred with the people in their desire to retain Maximus; for it is said that he regretted the ordination of Maximus, and thought that he ought necessarily to have been reserved for his own succession on account of his holding right views concerning God and his confession, which had so endeared him to the people. He likewise feared that, at his death, the adherents of Eusebius and Patrophilus, who had embraced Arianism, would take that opportunity to place one of their own views in his see; for even while Macarius was living, they had attempted to introduce some innovations, but since they were to be separated from him, they on this account kept quiet.

Περὶ Μαξίμου τοῦ μετὰ Μακάριον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων θρόνον λαβόντος.

Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Ἰούλιος μὲν, Μάρκου μετὰ Σίλβεστρον ἐπ’ ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἐπισκοπήσαντος, τὸν ἐν Ῥώμῃ διεῖπε θρόνον. Μάξιμος δὲ μετὰ Μακάριον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων. Τοῦτον δὲ λόγος ἐπίσκοπον ὑπὸ Μακαρίου χειροτονηθῆναι τῆς ἐν Διοσπόλει ἐκκλησίας: ἐπισχεθῆναι δὲ παρὰ τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις κατοικούντων: ὁμολογητὴς γὰρ ὢν, καὶ ἄλλως ἀγαθὸς, τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ ὑποψήφιος ἦν μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Μακαρίου τελευτὴν εἰς τὴν ἐνθάδε ἐπισκοπήν.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ χαλεπῶς τὸ πλῆθος ἔφερεν, οὗ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπειράθη ἀποστερούμενον, καὶ στάσις ἠπειλεῖτο, ἔδοξεν εὖ ἔχειν, Διοσπολίταις μὲν ἕτερον αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπίσκοπον, Μάξιμον δὲ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις μεῖναι, καὶ Μακαρίῳ συνιερᾶσθαι: μετὰ δὲ τὴν αὐτοῦ τελευτὴν, ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Ἰστέον μέντοι ὡς οἱ τάδε ἠκριβωκότες, κατὰ γνώμην Μακαρίου γενέσθαί τε καὶ σπουδασθῆναι τῷ πλήθει ταῦτα, ἰσχυρίζονται: φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν μεταμεληθῆναι ἐπὶ τῇ Μαξίμου χειροτονίᾳ, ἐπιλογισάμενον ὡς ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζων, καὶ διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῷ λαῷ κεχαρισμένος,

ἀναγκαίως φυλακτέος ἐστὶν εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ διαδοχήν. Ἑδεδίει γὰρ μὴ τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ, καιρὸν εὑρόντες οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον καὶ Πατρόφιλον, οἱ δὴ τὰ Ἀρείου φρονοῦντες, ὁμοδόξῳ τὸν ἐνθάδε θρόνον ἐπιτρέψουσιν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ Μακαρίου περιόντος, νεωτερίσαι ἐπεχείρησαν: ἀφορισθέντες δὲ παῤ αὐτοῦ, διὰ τοῦτο ἡσυχίαν ἦγον.

2.21 The Melitians and the Arians agree in Sentiment; Eusebius and Theognis endeavor to inflame anew the Disease of Arius

In the meantime the contention which had been stirred in the beginning among the Egyptians, could not be quelled. The Arian heresy had been positively condemned by the council of Nice, while the followers of Melitius had been admitted into communion under the stipulations above stated. When Alexander returned to Egypt, Melitius delivered up to him the churches whose government he had unlawfully usurped, and returned to Lycus. Not long after, finding his end approaching, he nominated John, one of his most intimate friends, as his successor, contrary to the decree of the Nicæan Council, and thus fresh cause of discord in the churches was produced. When the Arians perceived that the Melitians were introducing innovations, they also harassed the churches. For, as frequently occurs in similar disturbances, some applauded the opinion of Arius, while others contended that those who had been ordained by Melitius ought to govern the churches. These two bodies of sectarians had hitherto been opposed to each other, but on perceiving that the priests of the Catholic Church were followed by the multitude, they became jealous and formed an alliance together, and manifested a common enmity to the clergy of Alexandria. Their measures of attack and defense were so long carried on in concert, that in process of time the Melitians were generally called Arians in Egypt, although they only dissent on questions of the presidency of the churches, while the Arians hold the same opinions concerning God as Arius. Although they individually denied one another’s tenets, yet they dissimulated in contradiction of their own view, in order to attain an underhanded agreement in the fellowship of their enmity; at the same time each one expected to prevail easily in what he desired. From this period, however, the Melitians after the discussion on those topics, received the Arian doctrines, and held the same opinion as Arius concerning God. This revived the original controversy concerning Arius, and some of the laity and clergy seceded from communion with the others. The dispute concerning the doctrines of Arius was rekindled once more in other cities, and particularly in Bithynia and Hellespontus, and in the city of Constantinople. In short, it is said that Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theognis, bishop of Nicæa, bribed the notary to whom the emperor had intrusted the custody of the documents of the Nicæan Council, effaced their signatures, and attempted openly to teach that the Son is not to be considered consubstantial with the Father. Eusebius was accused of these irregularities before the emperor, and he replied with great boldness as he showed part of his clothing. “If this robe,” said he, “had been cut asunder in my presence, I could not affirm the fragments to be all of the same substance.” The emperor was much grieved at these disputes, for he had believed that questions of this nature had been finally decided by the council of Nicæa, but contrary to his hopes he saw them again agitated. He more especially regretted that Eusebius and Theognis had received certain Alexandrians into communion, although the Synod had recommended them to repent on account of their heterodox opinions, and although he had himself condemned them to banishment from their native land, as being the exciters of sedition. It is asserted by some, that it was for the above reasons that the emperor in anger exiled Eusebius and Theognis; but as I have already stated, I have derived my information from those who are intimately acquainted with these matters.

Περὶ τῶν Μελιτιανῶν καὶ Ἀρειανῶν, ὅπως ἡνώθησαν: καὶ περὶ Εὐσεβίου καὶ Θεογνίου, ὅπως πάλιν τὴν Ἀρείου νόσον ἀνάπτειν ἐπεχείρουν.

Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, Αἰγυπτίοις οὔπω τέλος εἶχεν ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους κινηθεῖσα φιλονεικία. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τῇ κατὰ Νίκαιαν, ἡ μὲν Ἀρειανὴ αἵρεσις παντάπασιν ἀπεκηρύχθη, οἱ δὲ τὰ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐδέχθησαν, ἐπανελθόντι Ἀλεξάνδρῳ εἰς Αἴγυπτον, παρέδωκε Μελίτιος τὰς ἐκκλησίας, ἃς παρανόμως ὑφ̓ ἑαυτὸν ἐποιήσατο,

καὶ ἐν τῇ Λυκῷ διῆγε. μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ μέλλων τὸν βίον καταλιμπάνειν, Ἰωάννην τινὰ τῶν αὐτῷ συνήθων, παρὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, κατέστησεν ἀντ̓ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάλιν αἴτιος ἀταξίας ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐγένετο.

Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ Ἀρείου τοὺς Μελιτίου νεωτερίζοντας, συνετάραττον καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας. Οἷα γὰρ φιλεῖ ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις ταραχαῖς, οἱ μὲν τὴν Ἀρείου δόξαν ἐθαύμαζον: οἱ δὲ ἐδικαίουν, τοὺς ὑπὸ Μελιτίου χειροτονηθέντας χρῆναι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ τούτοις προσετίθεντο. Πρότερον δὲ διαφερόμενοι πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἑκάτεροι, ὡς εἶδον τὸ πλῆθος ἑπόμενον τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τῆς καθόλου ἐκκλησίας,

εἰς φθόνον κατέστησαν. Καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐσπείσαντο, καὶ κοινὴν τὴν ἔχθραν ἀνεδέξαντο πρὸς τὸν κλῆρον Ἀλεξανδρείας. Ἐπιμίξ τε πρὸς οὓς διελέγοντο, τὰ ἐγκλήματα προέφερον, καὶ τὰς ἀπολογίας ἐποιοῦντο ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου, Μελιτιανοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ὀνομάζεσθαι τοὺς τὰ Ἀρείου φρονοῦντας: καίτοι γε προστασίας μόνης ἕνεκεν ἐκκλησιῶν διεφέροντο: Ἀρειανοὶ δὲ ὁμοίως Ἀρείῳ περὶ Θεοῦ ἐδόξαζον.

Ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἰδίᾳ τὰ παῤ ἀλλήλων ἀναινόμενοι, ὑποκρίνεσθαι σφᾶς παρὰ γνώμην καὶ συμφωνεῖν ὑπέμενον ἐν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἔχθρας, ἕκαστοι προσδοκῶντες ῥᾳδίως κρατήσειν ὧν ἐβούλοντο. Τῷ δὲ χρόνῳ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐκ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα διαλέξεων, ἕξιν λαβόντες τῶν Ἀρείου δογμάτων, ὁμοίως περὶ Θεοῦ ἐδόξαζον. Ἐντεῦθέν τε πάλιν εἰς τὴν προτέραν ταραχὴν ἐπανῆλθε τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἄρειον: καὶ λαοὶ καὶ κλῆροι, τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπεσχίζοντο κοινωνίας.

Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσι, καὶ μάλιστα παρὰ Βιθυνοῖς καὶ Ἑλλησποντίοις καὶ ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίνου πόλει αὖθις ἀνερριπίζετο τὰ περὶ τῶν Ἀρείου δογμάτων. Ἀμέλει τοι λέγεται, ὡς Εὐσέβιος ὁ Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπος καὶ Θεόγνιος ὁ Νικαίας, παραπείσαντες τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτραπέντα φυλάττειν τὴν γραφὴν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, ἀπήλειψαν τὰς αὐτῶν ὑπογραφάς: καὶ εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐπεχείρουν διδάσκειν, μὴ χρῆναι ὁμοούσιον εἶναι τῷ πατρὶ τὸν υἱὸν δοξάζειν.

Περὶ δὲ τούτου ἐγκαλούμενον Εὐσέβιον, ὧδε ἄντικρυς πρὸς βασιλέα παρρησιάσασθαι καὶ εἰπεῖν, ἐπιδείξαντά τι ὧν ἠμφίεστο, ὡς εἰ τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον ἐμοῦ θεωμένου διαιρεθείη, οὔποτε ἂν φαίην τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας ἑκάτερον. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ χαλεπῶς ἄγαν ἔφερεν ὁ βασιλεύς: οἰόμενος γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ σύνοδον πεπαῦσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας ζητήσεις, παῤ ἐλπίδα αὖθις ἀνακινουμένας ἑώρα.

Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ αὐτὸν ἐλύπησεν Εὐσέβιος καὶ Θεόγνιος, Ἀλεξανδρεῦσι τισὶ κοινωνήσαντες, οὓς εἰς μεταμέλειαν ἡ σύνοδος τετήρηκεν ὡς μὴ ὀρθῶς δοξάζοντας: αὐτὸς δὲ ὡς αἰτίους διχονοίας, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκδημοῦντας, ἐκπεμφθῆναι προσέταξεν. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας εἰσὶν οἳ λέγουσιν ὀργισθέντα τὸν βασιλέα, καταδικάσαι φυγὴν Εὐσεβίου καὶ Θεογνίου. Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἔγραψα, ἅπερ παρὰ ἀκριβῶς ἐπισταμένων ἀκήκοα.

2.22 The Vain Machinations of the Arians and Melitians against St. Athanasius

The various calamities which befell Athanasius were primarily occasioned by Eusebius and Theognis. As they possessed great freedom of speech and influence with the emperor, they strove for the recall of Arius, with whom they were on terms of concord and friendship, to Alexandria, and at the same time the expulsion from the Church of him who was opposed to them. They accused him before Constantine of being the author of all the seditions and troubles that agitated the Church, and of excluding those who were desirous of joining the Church; and alleged that unanimity would be restored were he alone to be removed. The accusations against him were substantiated by many bishops and clergy who were with John, and who sedulously obtained access to the emperor; they pretended to great orthodoxy, and imputed to Athanasius and the bishops of his party all the bloodshed, bonds, unjust blows, wounds, and conflagrations of churches. But when Athanasius demonstrated to the emperor the illegality of the ordination of John’s adherents, their innovations of the decrees of the Nicæan Council, and the unsoundness of their faith, and the insults offered to those who held right opinions about God, Constantine was at a loss to know whom to believe. Since there were such mutual allegations, and many accusations were frequently stirred up by each party, and since he was earnestly anxious to restore the like-mindedness of the people, he wrote to Athanasius that no one should be shut out. If this should be betrayed to the last, he would send regardless of consequences, one who should expel him from the city of Alexandria. If any one should desire to see this letter of the emperor’s, he will here find the portion of it relating to this affair: “As you are now acquainted with my will, which is, that to all who desire to enter the Church you should offer an unhindered entrance. For should I hear that any who are willing to join the Church, have been debarred or hindered therefrom by you, I shall send at once an officer who shall remove you, according to my command, and shall transfer you to some other place.” Athanasius, however, wrote to the emperor and convinced him that the Arians ought not to be received into communion by the Catholic Church; and Eusebius perceiving that his schemes could never be carried into execution while Athanasius strove in opposition, determined to resort to any means in order to get rid of him. But as he could not find a sufficient pretext for effecting this design, he promised the Melitians to interest the emperor and those in power in their favor, if they would bring an accusation against Athanasius. Accordingly, came the first indictment that he had imposed upon the Egyptians a tax on linen tunics, and that such a tribute had been exacted from the accusers. Apis and Macarius, presbyters of the Church of Athanasius, who then happened to be at court, clearly proved the persistent accusation to be false. On being summoned to answer for the offense, Athanasius was further accused of having conspired against the emperor, and of having sent, for this purpose, a casket of gold to one Philumen. The emperor detected the calumny of his accusers, sent Athanasius home, and wrote to the people of Alexandria to testify that their bishop possessed great moderation and a correct faith; that he had gladly met him, and recognized him to be a man of God; and that, as envy had been the sole cause of his indictment, he had appeared to better advantage than his accusers; and having heard that the Arian and Melitian sectarians had excited dissensions in Egypt, the emperor, in the same epistle, exhorted the multitude to look to God, to take heed unto his judgments, to be well disposed toward one another, to prosecute with all their might those who plotted against their like-mindedness; thus the emperor wrote to the people, exhorting them all to like-mindedness, and striving to prevent divisions in the Church.

Οἷα κατὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀθανασίου οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ καὶ οἱ Μελιτιανοὶ συσκευάσαντες, οὐδὲν ἤνυσαν.

Ἀθανασίῳ δὲ τῶν ἐπιγενομένων δυσχερῶν πρῶτοι γεγόνασιν αἴτιοι. Πλείστην γὰρ ἔχοντες παρὰ βασιλεῖ παρρησίαν καὶ δύναμιν, τὸν Ἄρειον μὲν ὡς ὁμόδοξον καὶ φίλον, κατάγειν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐσπούδαζον: τὸν δὲ, τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβαλεῖν, ὡς ἐναντίον αὐτοῖς γινόμενον. Διαβάλλουσιν οὖν αὐτὸν πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον, ὡς στάσεων καὶ θορύβων αἴτιον τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ γενόμενον, καὶ εἵργοντα τοὺς βουλομένους εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσιέναι, ἐξὸν πάντας ὁμονοεῖν, εἰ τοῦτο μόνον συγχωρηθείη.

Ἐπιστοῦντο δὲ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ διαβολὰς, πολλοὶ τῶν μετὰ Ἰωάννου ἐπισκόπων καὶ κληρικῶν, συνεχῶς βασιλεῖ προσιόντες, ὀρθοδόξους τε σφᾶς εἶναι λέγοντες, καὶ φόνων καὶ δεσμῶν καὶ πληγῶν ἀδίκων καὶ τραυμάτων καὶ ἐμπρησμῶν ἐκκλησιῶν κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτὸν ἐπισκόπων.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Ἀθανάσιος ἐδήλωσε τῷ βασιλεῖ, παρανόμους χειροτονίας ἐγκαλῶν τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ νεωτερισμὸν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, καὶ πίστιν οὐχ ὑγιᾶ, καὶ στάσεις καὶ ὕβρεις κατὰ τῶν ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξαζόντων, οὐκ εἶχε λοιπὸν ὅτῳ πιστεύσειεν ὁ Κωνσταντῖνος.

Τοιαῦτα δὲ αὐτῶν ἐγκαλούντων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ πολλάκις πολλῶν κατηγόρων ἑκατέρωθεν ὀχλούντων, ἐπεὶ σφόδρα αὐτῷ ἔμελε τῆς ὁμονοίας τῶν λαῶν, γράφει Ἀθανασίῳ, μηδένα τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἴργεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς ὕστερον μηνυθείη, πέμπειν ἀμελητὶ τὸν ἐξελάσοντα αὐτὸν τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως. Εἴτῳ δὲ φίλον καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐντυχεῖν ἐπιστολῇ,

ὧδε ἔχει τὸ περὶ τούτου μέρος. Ἔχων τοίνυν τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως τὸ γνώρισμα, πᾶσι τοῖς βουλομένοις εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσελθεῖν, ἀκώλυτον παράσχου τὴν εἴσοδον. Ἐὰν γὰρ γνῶ ὡς κεκώλυκας αὐτῶν τινὰς τῆς ἐκκλησίας μεταποιουμένους, ἢ ἀπείρξας τῆς εἰσόδου, ἀποστελῶ παραχρῆμα τὸν καθαιρήσοντά σε ἐξ ἐμῆς κελεύσεως, καὶ τῶν τόπων μεταστήσοντα.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ γράφων Ἀθανάσιος καὶ τὸν βασιλέα ἔπειθε, μὴ μεταδοτέον κοινωνίας τοῖς Ἀρείου πρὸς τὴν καθόλου ἐκκλησίαν, συνιδὼν Εὐσέβιος ὡς οὐκ ἐπιτεύξεται τοῦ σκοποῦ, Ἀθανασίου τἀναντία σπουδάζοντος, ᾠήθη δεῖν πάσῃ μηχανῇ ἐκποδὼν αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι. Πρόφασιν δὲ μὴ ἔχων ἱκανὴν πρὸς τοσαύτην ἐπιβουλὴν, ὑπέσχετο τοῖς Μελιτίου, συλλαμβάνεσθαι πρὸς βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ̓ αὐτὸν δυναμένους, ἢν ἐθέλωσιν Ἀθανασίου κατηγορεῖν.

Ἐντεῦθέν τε πρώτην ὑπομένει γραφὴν, ὡς χιτωνίων λινῶν φόρον ἐπιτιθεὶς Αἰγυπτίοις, καὶ παρὰ τῶν κατηγόρων τοιοῦτον δασμὸν εἰσπραξάμενος. Παρατυχόντες δὲ αὐτόθι Ἄπις καὶ Μακάριος, πρεσβύτεροι τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας, ψευδῆ τὴν κατηγορίαν ἐσπούδασαν διελέγξαι.

Ἐκ ταύτης τε τῆς αἰτίας μετακληθέντα Ἀθανάσιον πάλιν ἐγράψαντο, ὡς ἐπιβουλεύων τῷ κρατοῦντι, λάρνακα χρυσοῦ Φιλουμένῳ τινὶ πέπομφεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ συκοφαντίας κατέγνω τῶν κατηγόρων ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐπέτρεψεν Ἀθανασίῳ ἐπανελθεῖν οἴκαδε: καὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἔγραψε, μαρτυρήσας αὐτῷ πολλὴν ἐπιείκειαν καὶ πίστιν ὀρθὴν, ἀσμένως τε αὐτῷ συντετυχηκέναι, καὶ θεῖον εἶναι ἄνδρα πεπεῖσθαι: φθόνου τε χάριν τὴν γραφὴν ὑπομείναντα, κρείττω φανῆναι τῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγόρων.

Πυθόμενός τε πολλοὺς ἔτι ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ζυγομαχεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ἀρείου καὶ Μελιτίου προφάσεως, διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολῆς παρεκάλεσε τὸ πλῆθος εἰς Θεὸν ἀπιδεῖν, καὶ τὴν παῤ αὐτοῦ κρίσιν εἰς νοῦν λαβεῖν, εὐνοεῖν τε ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας τῇ αὐτῶν ὁμονοίᾳ, παντὶ σθένει διώκειν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς ὧδέπη γράφων εἰς τὸ κοινὸν, πάντας εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἐκάλει, καὶ μὴ διασπᾶσθαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐσπούδαζε.

2.23 Calumny respecting St. Athanasius and the Hand of Arsenius

The Melitians, on the failure of their first attempt, secretly concocted other indictments against Athanasius. On the one hand they charged him with breaking a sacred chalice, and on the other with having slain one Arsenius, and with having cut off his arm and retained it for magical purposes. It is said that this Arsenius was one of the clergy, but that, having committed some crime, he fled to a place of concealment for fear of being convicted and punished by his bishop. The enemies of Athanasius devised the most serious attack for this occurrence. They sought Arsenius with great diligence, and found him; they showed him great kindness, promised to secure for him every goodwill and safety, and conducted him secretly to Patrines, a presbyter of a monastery, who was one of their confederates, and of the same interest as themselves. After having thus carefully concealed him, they diligently spread the report in the market-places and public assemblies that he had been slain by Athanasius. They also bribed John, a monk, to corroborate the accusation. As this evil report was universally circulated, and had even reached the ears of the emperor, Athanasius, being apprehensive that it would be difficult to defend his cause before judges whose minds were prejudiced by such false rumors, resorted to stratagems akin to those of his adversaries. He did everything in his power to prevent truth from being obscured by their attacks; but the multitude could not be convinced, on account of the non-appearance of Arsenius. Reflecting, therefore, that the suspicion which rested upon him could not be removed except by proving that Arsenius, who was said to be dead, was still alive, he sent a most trustworthy deacon in quest of him. The deacon went to Thebes, and ascertained from the declaration of some monks where he was living. And when he came to Patrines, with whom he had been concealed, he found that Arsenius was not there; for on the first intelligence of the arrival of the deacon he had been conveyed to Lower Egypt. The deacon arrested Patrines, and conducted him to Alexandria, as also Elias, one of his associates, who was said to have been the person who conveyed Arsenius elsewhere. He delivered them both to the commander of the Egyptian forces, and they confessed that Arsenius was still alive, that he had been secretly concealed in their house, and that he was now living in Egypt. Athanasius took care that all these facts should be reported to Constantine. The emperor wrote back to him, desiring him to attend to the due performance of the priestly functions, and the maintenance of order and piety among the people, and not to be disquieted by the machinations of the Melitians, it being evident that envy alone was the cause of the false indictments which were circulated against him and the disturbance in the churches. The emperor added that, for the future, he should not give place to such reports; and that, unless the calumniators preserved the peace, he should certainly subject them to the rigor of the state laws, and let justice have its course, as they had not only unjustly plotted against the innocent, but had also shamefully abused the good order and piety of the Church. Such was the strain of the emperor’s letter to Athanasius; and he further commanded that it should be read aloud before the public, in order that they might all be made acquainted with his intentions. The Melitians were alarmed at these menaces, and became more quiet for a while, because they viewed with anxiety the threat of the ruler. The churches throughout Egypt enjoyed profound peace, and, directed by the presidency of this great priest, it daily increased in numbers by the conversion of multitudes of pagans and other heretics.

Περὶ τῆς συκοφαντίας τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀθανασίου, διὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀρσενίου χεῖρα.

Μελιτιανοὶ δὲ τῆς προτέρας ἀποτυχόντες πείρας, ἑτέρας ὕφαινον κατὰ Ἀθανασίου γραφάς: τὴν μὲν, ὡς ποτήριον ἱερὸν συνέτριψε: τὴν δὲ, ὡς Ἀρσένιον τινὰ κτείνας, ἐξέτεμεν αὐτοῦ τὸν βραχίονα, καὶ παῤ ἑαυτῷ ἔχει γοητείας ἕνεκα. Οἷα δὲ κληρικὸς, ἐλέγετο ὁ Ἀρσένιος οὗτος ἁμαρτήματι περιπεσὼν κρύπτεσθαι:

δίκην γὰρ ὑφωρᾶτο δώσειν, παρὰ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ εὐθυνόμενος. Τὸ δὲ συμβὰν οὕτως εἰς ἐσχάτην διαβολὴν διεσκεύασαν οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντες Ἀθανασίῳ. Καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀρσένιον ἐπιμελῶς ζητήσαντες εὗρον, καὶ φιλοφρονησάμενοι, καὶ πᾶσαν εὔνοιαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν παρέξειν αὐτῷ ὑποσχόμενοι, ἄγουσι λάθρα πρός τινα τῶν αὐτοῖς συνήθων, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ σπουδαζόντων: Πατρίνης ὄνομα αὐτῷ ἦν, πρεσβύτερος μοναστηρίου: ἐνταῦθά τε τὸν Ἀρσένιον κρύψαντες, σπουδῇ περιῄεσαν κατὰ τὰς ἀγορὰς καὶ τοὺς συλλόγους τῶν ἐν τέλει, λογοποιοῦντες τοῦτον πεφονεῦσθαι παρὰ Ἀθανασίου. Παρεσκεύαστο δὲ πρὸς τοιαύτην κατηγορίαν καὶ Ἰωάννης μοναχός τις ὁ γραφόμενος.

Ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰσχρᾶς φήμης εἰς πολλοὺς διασπαρείσης, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ βασιλέως ἀκοὰς φθάσαι, ὁρῶν Ἀθανάσιος ὡς εἰ συμβαίη αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ αἰτίᾳ γραφὴν ὑπομεῖναι, χαλεπόν ἐστιν ἀπολογήσασθαι παρὰ δικασταῖς τοιαύταις φήμαις προκατειλημμένοις, ἀντεστρατήγει ταῖς τῶν ἐναντίων τέχναις: καὶ ὡς ἐνεδέχετο πάντας πιστούμενος,

ἐπενόει μὴ καλύπτεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ταῖς αὐτῶν διαβολαῖς. Ἦν δὲ ἄρα τοὺς πολλοὺς πείθειν ἐργῶδες, Ἀρσενίου μὴ φαινομένου. Λογισάμενος οὖν ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἑαυτὸν καθάροι τῆς ὑπονοίας, εἰ μὴ ζῆν ἀπελέγξειε τὸν τεθνάναι λεγόμενον, πέμπει τῶν ἀμφ̓ αὐτὸν τινὰ πιστότατον διάκονον, ἀναζητήσοντα τοῦτον. Ὁ δὲ, παραγενόμενος εἰς Θηβαΐδα, ἐξαγγειλάντων τινῶν μοναχῶν, ἔγνω ὅπου διῆγεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἧκε πρὸς Πατρίνην παῤ ᾧ ἐκρύπτετο, αὐτὸν μὲν Ἀρσένιον οὐ καταλαμβάνει:

προμαθόντες γὰρ τὴν ἄφιξιν τοῦ διακόνου, μετέστησαν τοῦτον εἰς τὴν κάτω Αἴγυπτον. Παραλαβὼν δὲ τὸν Πατρίνην, ἤγαγεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν: ἅμα δὲ καὶ Ἠλίαν, ἕνα τῶν αὐτῷ συνόντων, ὃς ἐλέγετο τὸν Ἀρσένιον ἑτέρωθι μεταστῆσαι. Ἄμφω τε προσαχθέντες τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ στρατιωτικῶν ταγμάτων, ὡμολόγησαν ἐν ζῶσιν εἶναι Ἀρσένιον: λαθεῖν δὲ παῤ αὐτοῖς πρότερον κρυπτόμενον, καὶ νῦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ διάγειν.

Ταῦτα οὕτω συμβάντα, δῆλα γενέσθαι Κωνσταντίνῳ ἐσπούδασεν Ἀθανάσιος. Τῷ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀντέγραψεν, ἔχεσθαι τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐπιμελῶς, καὶ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ εὐταξίας καὶ εὐσεβείας προνοεῖν: παῤ οὐδὲν δὲ ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς τῶν Μελιτιανῶν ἐπιβουλὰς, ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ εὖ εἰδότος, φθόνον αὐτοὺς ἐγείρειν εἰς τοιαύτας ψευδεῖς καὶ πεπλασμένας γραφὰς,

καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας θορύβους. Αὐτόν τε τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ συγχωρήσειν τὰ τοιαῦτα: ἀλλὰ δικαστὴν ἔσεσθαι κατὰ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς νόμους, εἰ μὴ ἡσυχίαν ἄγοιεν, καὶ δίκην λαβεῖν παῤ αὐτῶν, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἀδίκως τοῖς ἀθῴοις ἐπιβουλευόντων, ἀλλ’ ἀδίκως τῇ εὐταξίᾳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ λυμαινομένων. Τοιαῦτα γράψας ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀθανασίῳ, προσέταξεν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἵν’ εἰδέναι πάντες ἔχοιεν τὴν αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν.

Τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνου περιδεεῖς γενόμενοι οἱ τὰ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες, τέως ἠρέμουν, ὑφορώμενοι τὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἀπειλήν. Εἰρηνευομένη δὲ ἡ κατὰ πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον ἐκκλησία, καὶ ὑπὸ τοσούτου ἱερέως προστασίᾳ ἰθυνομένη, πολυπλασίων ὁσημέραι ἐγίνετο, πολλῶν προστιθεμένων ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ πλήθους, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων.

2.24 Some Indian Nations received Christianity at that Time through the Instrumentality of Two Captives, Frumentius and Edesius

We have heard that about this period some of the most distant of the nations that we call Indians, to whom the preaching of Bartholomew was unknown, shared in our doctrine, through Frumentius, who became a priest and teacher of the sacred learning among them. But in order that we may know, even by the marvel of what happened in India, that the doctrine of the Christians ought to be received as a system not from man, as it seems a tissue of miracles to some, it is necessary to relate the reason for the ordination of Frumentius. It was as follows: The most celebrated philosophers among the Greeks explored unknown cities and regions. Plato, the friend of Socrates, dwelt for a time among the Egyptians, in order to acquaint himself with their manners and customs. He likewise sailed to Sicily for the sight of its craters, whence, as from a fountain, spontaneously issued streams of fire, which frequently overflowing, rushed like a river and consumed the neighboring regions, so that even yet many fields appear burnt and cannot be sown or planted with trees, just as they narrate about the land of Sodom. These craters were likewise explored by Empedocles, a man highly celebrated for philosophy among the Greeks, and who has expounded his knowledge in heroic verse. He set out to investigate this fiery eruption, when either because he thought such a mode of death preferable to any other, or because, to speak more truthfully, he perhaps knew not wherefore he should seek to terminate his life in this manner, he leaped into the fire and perished. Democritus of Coös explored many cities and climates and nations, and he says concerning himself that eighty years of his life were spent in traveling through foreign lands. Besides these philosophers, thousands of wise men among the Greeks, ancient and modern, devoted themselves to this travel. In emulation, Meropius, a philosopher of Tyre in Phœnicia, journeyed as far as India. They say he was accompanied by two youths, named Frumentius and Edesius; they were his relatives; he conducted their rhetorical training, and educated them liberally. After exploring India as much as possible, he set out for home, and embarked in a vessel which was on the point of sailing for Egypt. It happened that, from want of water or some other necessary, the vessel was obliged to stop at some port, and the Indians rushed upon it and murdered all, Meropius included. These Indians had just thrown off their alliance with the Romans; they took the boys as living captives, because they pitied their youth, and conducted them to their king. He appointed the younger one his cup-bearer; the older, Frumentius, he put over his house and made him administrator of his treasures; for he perceived that he was intelligent and very capable in business. These youths served the king usefully and faithfully during a long course of years, and when he felt his end approaching, his son and wife surviving, he rewarded the good-will of the servants with liberty, and permitted them to go where they pleased. They were anxious to return to Tyre, where their relatives resided; but the king’s son being a minor, his mother besought them to remain for a little while and take charge of public affairs, until her son reached the years of manhood. They yielded to her entreaties, and directed the affairs of the kingdom and of the government of the Indies. Frumentius, by some Divine impulse, perhaps because God moved him spontaneously, inquired whether there were any Christians in India, or Romans among the merchants, who had sailed thither. Having succeeded in finding the objects of his inquiry, he summoned them into his presence, treated them with love and friendliness, and convened them for prayer, and the assembly was conducted after the Roman usage; and when he had built houses of prayer, he encouraged them to honor God continually.

When the king’s son attained the age of manhood, Frumentius and Edesius besought him and the queen, and not without difficulty persuaded the rulers to be separated from themselves, and having parted as friends, they went back as Roman subjects. Edesius went to Tyre to see his relatives, and was soon after advanced to the dignity of presbyter. Frumentius, however, instead of returning to Phœnicia, repaired to Alexandria; for with him patriotism and filial piety were subordinate to religious zeal. He conferred with Athanasius, the head of the Alexandrian Church, described to him the state of affairs in India, and the necessity of appointing a bishop over the Christians located in that country. Athanasius assembled the endemic priests, and consulted with them on the subject; and he ordained Frumentius bishop of India, since he was peculiarly qualified and apt to do much service among those among whom he was the first to manifest the name of Christian, and the seed of the participation in the doctrine was sown. Frumentius, therefore, returned to India, and, it is said, discharged the priestly functions so admirably that he became an object of universal admiration, and was revered as no less than an apostle. God highly honored him, enabling him to perform many wonderful cures, and to work signs and wonders. Such was the origin of the Indian priesthood.

Ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἐνδοτέρω τῶν Ἰνδῶν ἔθνη τότε τὸν Χριστιανισμὸν ἐδέξαντο, διὰ Φρυμεντίου καὶ Αἰδεσίου, τῶν αἰχμαλώτων.

Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον παρειλήφαμεν καὶ τοὺς ἔνδον τῶν καθ̓ ἡμᾶς Ἰνδῶν, ἀπειράτους μείναντας τῶν Βαρθολομαίου κηρυγμάτων, μετασχεῖν τοῦ δόγματος ὑπὸ Φρουμεντίῳ, ἱερεῖ καὶ καθηγητῇ γενομένῳ παῤ αὐτοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν μαθημάτων. Ἵνα δὲ γνοίημεν καὶ ἐν τῷ παραδόξῳ τοῦ συμβάντος περὶ τοὺς Ἰνδοὺς, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὥς τισι τερατολογεῖσθαι δοκεῖ, τὴν σύστασιν λαβεῖν τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν δόγμα, ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς Φρουμεντίου χειροτονίας διεξελθεῖν:

ἔχει δὲ ὧδε. Περὶ πολλοῦ τοῖς παῤ Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμωτάτοις φιλοσόφοις ἐγίνετο, πόλεις καὶ τόπους ἀγνῶτας ἱστορεῖν. Οὕτω γοῦν Πλάτων ὁ Σωκράτους ἑταῖρος Αἰγυπτίοις ἐνεδήμησε, τὰ παῤ αὐτοῖς μαθησόμενος: ἔπλευσε δὲ καὶ εἰς Σικελίαν, ἐπὶ θέᾳ τῶν αὐτόθι κρατήρων, ἐν οἷς ἀεὶ μὲν ὡς ἀπὸ πήγης ἀναδιδόμενον αὐτόματον παφλάζει πῦρ: πολλάκις δὲ ὑπερχέον, ποταμοῦ δίκην ῥεῖ, καὶ τὴν γείτονα γῆν ἐπιβόσκεται τοσοῦτον, ὡς ἔτι νῦν πολλοὺς ἀγροὺς φαίνεσθαι κατακεκαυμένους, καὶ μήτε σπόρον δέχεσθαι, μήτε φυτείαν δένδρων, οἷά γε περὶ τῆς Σοδομιτῶν χώρας καταγγέλλουσι.

Τούτους δὲ τοὺς κρατῆρας καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ἱστόρησεν, ἀνὴρ λαμπρῶς παῤ Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφήσας, καὶ ἐν ἔπεσιν ἡρῴοις τὴν ἐπιστήμην πραγματευσάμενος: διαπορούμενος δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀναδόσεως τοῦ πυρὸς, ἢ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἄμεινον ἀποθανεῖν δοκιμάσας, ἢ, τόγε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἴσως εἰδὼς οὗ χάριν πρὸ καιροῦ τὴν τοιαύτην εὗρεν ἑαυτῷ τοῦ βίου ἀπαλλαγὴν,

ἥλατο εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ διεφθάρη. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Δημόκριτος ὁ Κῶος πλείστας ἱστόρησε πόλεις, ἀέρα τε, καὶ χώρας, καὶ ἔθνη: καὶ ἐπὶ ἔτεσιν ὀγδοήκοντα διαγαγεῖν ἐπὶ ξένης αὐτός που περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φησίν. Ἄλλοι τε ἐπὶ τούτοις μυρίοι τῶν παῤ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν, ἀρχαῖοι καὶ νεώτεροι,

τοῦτο ἐσπούδασαν. Οὓς ζηλώσας Μερόπιός τις φιλόσοφος Τύριος τῆς Φοινίκης, παρεγένετο εἰς Ἰνδούς. Εἵποντο δέ αὐτῷ παῖδες δύο, Φρουμέντιός τε καὶ Ἐδέσιος: ἄμφω δὲ γένει αὐτῷ προσήκοντες: οὓς διὰ λόγων ἦγε, καὶ ἐλευθερίως ἐπαίδευεν. Ἱστορήσας δὲ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ὅσα γε αὐτῷ ἐξεγένετο, τῆς ἐπανόδου εἴχετο, νηὸς ἐπιτυχὼν στελλομένης εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Συμβὰν δὲ, κατὰ χρείαν ὕδατος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων, εἰς ὅρμον τινὰ προσχεῖν τὴν ναῦν, καταδραμόντες οἱ τῇδε Ἰνδοὶ κτείνουσι πάντας, καὶ τὸν Μερόπιον: ἔτυχον γὰρ τότε λύσαντες τὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους σπονδάς.

Τοὺς δὲ παῖδας νέους ὄντας οἰκτείραντες ἐζώγρησαν, καὶ βασιλεῖ τῷ ἑαυτῶν προσήγαγον. Ὁ δὲ, τὸν μὲν νεώτερον οἰνοχόον κατέστησε: μείζονα δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ οἰκίας τὸν Φρουμέντιον, καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπίτροπον: ἔγνω γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐχέφρονα, καὶ διοικεῖν ἱκανώτατον. Ἐπὶ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον χρησίμους σφᾶς καὶ πιστοὺς παρασχομένους, τελευτῶν ἐπὶ παιδὶ καὶ γαμετῇ,

ἐλευθερίᾳ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοὺς ἠμείψατο, καὶ ᾗ βούλοιντο διάγειν ἐπέτρεψε. Καὶ οἱ μὲν εἰς Τύρον πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπανελθεῖν ἐσπούδαζον: ἔτι δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως υἱοῦ νέου κομιδῆ ὄντος, ἐδεήθη ἡ τούτου μήτηρ, ἐπ’ ὀλίγον χρόνον περιμεῖναι ἄμφω τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπιτροπεύοντας, ἄχρις ἂν ὁ παῖς ἀνδρωθείη. Ἀντιβολοῦσαν δὲ τὴν βασιλίδα ᾐδέσθησαν: καὶ τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν Ἰνδῶν διῴκουν.

Ὁ δὲ Φρουμέντιος, θείαις ἴσως προτραπεὶς ἐπιφανείαις, ἢ καὶ αὐτομάτως τοῦ Θεοῦ κινοῦντος, ἐπυνθάνετο εἴ τινες εἶεν Χριστιανοὶ παῤ Ἰνδοῖς, ἢ Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν εἰσπλεόντων ἐμπόρων. Ἐπιμελῶς δὲ τούτους ἀναζητῶν, μετεκαλεῖτο πρὸς ἑαυτόν: ἀμφαγαπάζων τε καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος, εὐχῆς ἕνεκεν συνιέναι ἐποίει, καὶ ᾗ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος ἐκκλησιάζειν: καὶ διὰ πάντων προὐτρέπετο τὸ θεῖον πρεσβεύειν, εὐκτηρίους οἴκους οἰκοδομήσας.

Ἤδη δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως υἱοῦ εἰς ἐφήβους τελοῦντος, παραιτησάμενοι αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν βασιλίδα, οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν ἡγουμένους χωρίζεσθαι σφῶν, πείσαντες, καὶ φίλοι ἀπαλλαγέντες, παρεγένοντο εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον. Καὶ Ἐδέσιος μὲν τοὺς οἰκείους ὀψόμενος εἰς Τύρον ἦλθεν: ἔνθα δὴ μετὰ ταῦτα πρεσβυτερείου ἠξιώθη. Φρουμέντιος δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ Φοινίκην ὁδὸν τέως ἀναβαλλόμενος, ἀφίκετο εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν: ἔδοξε γὰρ αὐτῷ οὐ καλῶς ἔχειν, πατρίδος καὶ γένους δευτερεύειν τὴν περὶ τὰ θεῖα σπουδήν.

Συντυχὼν δὲ Ἀθανασίῳ τῷ προϊσταμένῳ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας, τὰ κατ’ Ἰνδοὺς διηγήσατο, καὶ ὡς ἐπισκόπου δέοι αὐτοῖς, τῶν αὐτόθι Χριστιανῶν ἐπιμελησομένου. Ὁ δὲ Ἀθανάσιος, τοὺς ἐνδημοῦντας ἱερέας ἀγείρας, ἐβουλεύσατο περὶ τούτου: καὶ χειροτονεῖ αὐτὸν τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἐπίσκοπον, λογισάμενος ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι τοῦτον, καὶ ἱκανὸν πολλὴν ποιῆσαι τὴν θρησκείαν, παῤ οἷς πρῶτος αὐτὸς ἔδειξε τὸ Χριστιανῶν ὄνομα, καὶ σπέρμα παρέσχετο τῆς τοῦ δόγματος μετουσίας.

Ὁ δὲ Φρουμέντιος πάλιν εἰς Ἰνδοὺς ὑποστρέψας, λέγεται τοσοῦτον εὐκλεῶς τὴν ἱερωσύνην μετελθεῖν, ὡς ἐπαινεθῆναι παρὰ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ πειραθέντων, οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τοὺς ἀποστόλους θαυμάζουσι: καθότι καὶ ἐπισημότατον αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέφῃνε, πολλὰς καὶ παραδόξους ἰάσεις, καὶ σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα δἰ αὐτοῦ δημιουργήσας. Ἡ μὲν δὴ παῤ Ἰνδοῖς ἱερωσύνη ταύτην ἔσχεν ἀρχήν.

2.25 Council of Tyre; Illegal Deposition of St. Athanasius

The plots of the enemies of Athanasius involved him in fresh troubles, excited the hatred of the emperor against him, and stirred up a multitude of accusers. Wearied by their importunity, the emperor convened a council at Cæsarea in Palestine. Athanasius was summoned thither; but fearing the artifices of Eusebius, bishop of the city, of Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and of their party, he refused to attend, and for thirty months, although pressed to attend, persisted in his refusal. At the end of that period, however, he was forced more urgently and repaired to Tyre, where a great number of the bishops of the East were assembled, who commanded him to undergo the charges of those who accused him. Of John’s party, Callinicus, a bishop, and a certain Ischurias, accused him of breaking a mystical chalice and of throwing down an episcopal chair; and of often causing Ischurias, although he was a presbyter, to be loaded with chains; and by falsely informing Hyginus, governor of Egypt, that he had cast stones at the statues of the emperor of occasioning his being thrown into prison; of deposing Callinicus, bishop of the Catholic Church at Pelusium, and of saying that he would debar him from fellowship unless he could remove certain suspicions concerning his having broken a mystical chalice; of committing the Church of Pelusium to Mark, a deposed presbyter; and of placing Callinicus under a military guard, and of putting him under judicial tortures. Euplus, Pachomius, Isaac, Achillas, and Hermæon, bishops of John’s party, accused him of inflicting blows. They all concurred in maintaining that he obtained the episcopal dignity by means of the perjury of certain individuals, it having been decreed that no one should receive ordination, who could not clear himself of any crime laid to his charge. They further alleged, that having been deceived by him, they had separated themselves from communion with him, and that, so far from satisfying their scruples, he had treated them with violence and thrown them into prison.

Further, the affair of Arsenius was again agitated; and as generally happens in such a studiously concocted plot, many even of those considered his friends loomed up unexpectedly as accusers. A document was then read, containing popular complaints that the people of Alexandria could not continue their attendance at church on his account. Athanasius, having been urged to justify himself, presented himself repeatedly before the tribunal; successfully repelled some of the allegations, and requested delay for investigation as to the others. He was exceedingly perplexed when he reflected on the favor in which his accusers were held by his judges, on the number of witnesses belonging to the sects of Arius and Melitius who appeared against him, and on the indulgence that was manifested towards the informers, whose allegations had been overcome. And especially in the indictment concerning Arsenius, whose arm he was charged with having cut off for purposes of magic, and in the indictment concerning a certain woman to whom he was charged with having given gifts for uncleanness, and with having corrupted her by night, although she was unwilling. Both these indictments were proved to be ridiculous and full of false espionage. When this female made the deposition before the bishops, Timothy, a presbyter of Alexandria, who stood by Athanasius, approached her according to a plan he had secretly concerted, and said to her, “Did I then, O woman, violate your chastity?” She replied, “But didst thou not?” and mentioned the place and the attendant circumstances, in which she had been forced. He likewise led Arsenius into the midst of them, showed both his hands to the judges, and requested them to make the accusers account for the arm which they had exhibited. For it happened that Arsenius, either driven by a Divine influence, or, as it is said, having been concealed by the plans of Athanasius, when the danger to that bishop on his account was announced, escaped by night, and arrived at Tyre the day before the trial. But these allegations having been thus summarily dismissed, so that no defense was necessary, no mention of the first was made in the transactions; most probably, I think, because the whole affair was considered too indecorous and absurd for insertion. As to the second, the accusers strove to justify themselves by saying that a bishop under the jurisdiction of Athanasius, named Plusian, had, at the command of his chief, burnt the house of Arsenius, fastened him to a column, and maltreated him with thongs, and then chained him in a cell. They further stated that Arsenius escaped from the cell through a window, and while he was sought for remained a while in concealment; that as he did not appear, they naturally supposed him to be dead; that the reputation he had acquired as a man and confessor, had endeared him to the bishops of John’s party; and that they sought for him, and applied on his behalf to the magistrates.

Athanasius was filled with apprehension when he reflected on these subjects, and began to suspect that his enemies were secretly scheming to effect his ruin. After several sessions, when the Synod was filled with tumult and confusion, and the accusers and a multitude of persons around the tribunal were crying aloud that Athanasius ought to be deposed as a sorcerer and a ruffian, and as being utterly unworthy the priesthood, the officers, who had been appointed by the emperor to be present at the Synod for the maintenance of order, compelled the accused to quit the judgment hall secretly; for they feared lest they might become his murderers, as is apt to be the case in the rush of a tumult. On finding that he could not remain in Tyre without peril of his life, and that there was no hope of obtaining justice against his numerous accusers, from judges who were inimical to him, he fled to Constantinople. The Synod condemned him during his absence, deposed him from the bishopric, and prohibited his residing at Alexandria, lest, said they, he should excite disturbances and seditions. John and all his adherents were restored to communion, as if they had been unjustly suffering wrongs, and each was reinstated in his own clerical rank. The bishops then gave an account of their proceedings to the emperor, and wrote to the bishops of all regions, enjoining them not to receive Athanasius into fellowship, and not to write to him or receive letters from him, as one who had been convicted of the crimes which they had investigated, and on account of his flight, as also guilty in those indictments which had not been tried. They likewise declared, in this epistle, that they had been obliged to pass such condemnation upon him, because, when commanded by the emperor the preceding year to repair to the bishops of the East, who were assembled at Cæsarea, he disobeyed the injunction, kept the bishops waiting for him, and set at naught the commands of the ruler. They also deposed that when the bishops had assembled at Tyre, he went to that city, attended by a large retinue, for the purpose of exciting disturbances and tumults in the Synod; that when there, he sometimes refused to reply to the charges preferred against him; sometimes insulted the bishops individually; when summoned by them, sometimes not obeying, at others not deigning to be judged. They specified in the same letter, that he was manifestly guilty of having broken a mystical chalice, and that this fact was attested by Theognis, bishop of Nicæa; by Maris, bishop of Chalcedonia; by Theodore, bishop of Heraclea; by Valentinus and Ursacius; and by Macedonius, who had been sent to the village in Egypt, where the chalice was said to have been broken, in order to ascertain the truth. Thus did the bishops detail successively each of the allegations against Athanasius, with the same art to which sophists resort when they desire to heighten the effect of their calumnies. Many of the priests, however, who were present at the trial, perceived the injustice of the accusation. It is related that Paphnutius, the confessor, who was present at the Synod, arose, and took the hand of Maximus, the bishop of Jerusalem, to lead him away, as if those who were confessors, and had their eyes dug out for the sake of piety, ought not to participate in an assembly of wicked men.

Περὶ τῆς ἐν Τύρῳ συνόδου, καὶ περὶ τῆς παραλόγου καθαιρέσεως τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀθανασίου.

Ἀθανασίῳ δὲ πάλιν αἱ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐπιβουλαὶ ἀνεκίνουν πράγματα, καὶ μῖσος παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ κατεσκεύαζε, καὶ κατηγόρων ἐπήγειρε πλῆθος. Παῤ ὧν ὀχλούμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς σύνοδον γενέσθαι προσέταξεν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ τῆς Παλαιστίνης. Εἰς ἣν κληθεὶς οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, Εὐσεβίου τοῦ τῇδε ἐπισκόπου, καὶ τοῦ Νικομηδείας, καὶ τῶν ἀμφ̓ αὐτοὺς δείσας τὴν σκαιωρίαν: ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν, καίτοι συνελθεῖν ἀναγκαζόμενος, ἀμφὶ τοὺς τριάκοντα μῆνας ἀνεβάλλετο.

Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα σφοδρότερον βιασθεὶς, ἧκεν εἰς Τύρον. Ἔνθα δὴ συνελθόντες πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόπων,

ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν τὰς εὐθύνας ὑπέχειν τῶν κατηγορουμένων. Κατηγόρουν δὲ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ μέρους Ἰωάννου, Καλλίνικος ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Ἰσχυρίων τις, ὅτι μυστικὸν ποτήριον συνέτριψε, καὶ ἐπισκοπικὸν καθεῖλε θρόνον: καὶ Ἰσχυρίωνα τοῦτον πρεσβύτερον ὄντα, πολλάκις καθεῖρξε, καὶ συκοφαντήσας πρὸς Ὑγῖνον τὸν Αἰγύπτου ὕπαρχον ὡς βασιλικὰς εἰκόνας λιθάσαντα, δεσμωτήριον οἰκεῖν παρεσκεύασε:

Καλλίνικον δὲ ὡς ἐπίσκοπον ὄντα ἐν Πηλουσίῳ τῆς καθόλου ἐκκλησίας, καὶ μετὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου συναγόμενον, καθεῖλεν: ὅτι γέ, φησι, παρῃτεῖτο κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ πεισθείη περὶ τοῦ συντετρίφθαι ὑπονοουμενου μυστικοῦ ποτηρίου: Μάρκῳ δέ τινι πρεσβυτερίου ἀφῃρημένῳ τὴν Πηλουσίου ἐκκλησίαν ἐπέτρεψεν: αὐτὸν δὲ Καλλίνικον στρατιωτικῆς φρουρᾶς καὶ αἰκισμῶν καὶ δικαστηρίων πειραθῆναι ἐποίησε.

Καὶ Εὔπλους δὲ καὶ Παχώμιος, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἀχιλλᾶς καὶ Ἑρμαίων, τῶν ἀμφ̓ Ἰωάννην ἐπίσκοποι, πληγῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγόρουν.

Κοινῇ δὲ πάντες, ὡς δἰ ἐπιορκίας τινῶν εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν παρῆλθεν, ὑποθεμένων πάντων μηδένα χειροτονεῖν, πρὶν τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγκλήματα διαλύσωσιν: ἀποστῆναι δὲ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἀπατηθέντας, τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίας: τὸν δὲ μὴ ἀξιῶσαι πεῖσαι, ἀλλὰ βιάζεσθαι, καὶ δεσμωτηρίοις αὐτοὺς

ἐμβαλεῖν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τε καὶ τὰ κατ’ Ἀρσένιον ἀνεκινεῖτο. Καὶ οἷα φιλεῖ ἐν σπουδαζομέναις ἐπιβουλαῖς, ἀπροσδόκητοι καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων φίλων ἀνεφύοντο κατήγοροι. Καὶ γραμματεῖον ἀνεγινώσκετο δημοτικῶν ἐκβοήσεων, ὡς τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν λαῶν δἰ αὐτὸν ἐκκλησιάζειν μὴ ἀνεχομένων.

Ὁ δὲ Ἀθανάσιος ἀπολογήσασθαι προσταχθεὶς, προελθὼν πολλάκις εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον, τὰ μὲν τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀπελύσατο: τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἐπίσκεψιν, ὑπέρθεσιν ᾔτησεν. Ἠπόρει δὲ λίαν, καὶ τοὺς κατηγόρους τοῖς δικασταῖς ὁρῶν κεχαρισμένους, καὶ μάρτυρας πολλοὺς κατ’ αὐτοῦ παρεσκευασμένους ἐκ τῶν τὰ Ἀρείου καὶ Μελιτίου φρονούντων, καὶ τοὺς συκοφάντας, ἐφ̓ οἷς ἐγκλήμασιν ἐκράτει, συγγνώμης ἀξιουμένους: καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῇ κατὰ Ἀρσένιον γραφῇ, οὗ γοητείας ἕνεκα κατηγορεῖτο τὸν βραχίονα ἐκτεμεῖν: καὶ τῇ κατὰ γυναῖκα τινὰ, ᾗ δῶρα ἐπὶ ἀσελγείᾳ δεδωκέναι, καὶ νύκτωρ ἀκούσῃ συνδιαφθαρῆναι ἐνεκαλεῖτο.

Ἑκατέρα δὲ γραφὴ γελοία ἐφωράθη, καὶ συκοφαντίας ἀνάπλεως. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ συνειλεγμένων ἐπισκόπων κατηγόρει ταῦτα ἡ γυνὴ, παρεστὼς Ἀθανασίῳ Τιμόθεος Ἀλεξανδρεὺς πρεσβύτερος, ὡς αὐτοῖς λάθρα συνεδόκει, ὑπολαβὼν πρὸς τὸ γύναιον, Ἐγώ σε, ἔφη, ἐβιασάμην, ὦ γύναι; ἡ δὲ, Ἀλλ’ οὐ σύ; καιρὸν λέγουσα καὶ τόπον ἐν ᾧ δῆθεν βεβίαστο.

Ἀρσένιον δὲ εἰς μέσον παρήγαγε, καὶ ἀμφοτέρας ἀρτίους αὐτοῦ χεῖρας ἀπέδειξε τοῖς δικασταῖς: καὶ ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν, εὐθύνας ὑπέχειν τοὺς κατηγόρους οὗ ἐπεφέροντο βραχίονος. Ἔτυχε γὰρ Ἀρσένιος οὗτος, ἢ θειόθεν ἐλαυνόμενος, ἢ, ὡς λέγεται, ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιβούλων Ἀθανασίου κρυπτόμενος, ἀναγγείλαντός του δἰ αὐτὸν κινδυνεύειν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον, ἀποδρὰς νύκτωρ, καὶ πρὸ μιᾶς τοῦ δικαστηρίου κατάρας εἰς Τύρον.

Ἑκατέρου δὲ ἐγκλήματος ὧδε λυθέντος, ὡς μηδὲν ἀπολογίας προσδεηθῆναι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ὡς οἶμαι, ἐπὶ προφάσει δῆθεν τοῦ μὴ χρῆναι οὕτως αἰσχρὸν καὶ γελοιῶδες πρᾶγμα ἐπὶ συνόδου ἀναγράφεσθαι, οὐκ ἐμφέρεται τοῖς πεπραγμένοις.

Πρὸς δὲ τὸ δεύτερον ἤρκεσεν εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῖς κατηγόροις εἰπεῖν, ὡς Πλουσιανός τις, ἐπίσκοπος τῶν ὑπὸ Ἀθανάσιον, κατὰ πρόσταξιν αὐτοῦ τὴν Ἀρσενίου οἰκίαν κατέφλεξε: καὶ κίονι προσδήσας, καὶ ἱμάσιν αἰκισάμενος, ἐν οἰκίσκῳ καθεῖρξε: διὰ θυρίδος δὲ ἀποδράσαι τοῦτον: καὶ ἐπειδὴ ζητητέος ἦν, ἐπὶ χρόνον λαθεῖν κρυπτόμενον: μὴ φαινόμενον δὲ, εἰκότως ἀποθανεῖν νομισθῆναι: καὶ οἷά γε ἐπιφανῆ ἄνδρα καὶ ὁμολογητὴν, οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐπίσκοποι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν, προσιόντες τοῖς ἄρχουσι.

Ταῦτ̓ οὖν λογιζόμενος Ἀθανάσιος, περιδεὴς ἦν: ἅμα δὲ ὑφωρᾶτο, μὴ καιρὸν εὑρόντες οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντες, λάθρα ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν. Μετὰ πολλὰς δὲ συνόδους, θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς ἐμπλησθέντος τοῦ συλλόγου, κεκραγότων τε τῶν κατηγόρων καὶ τοῦ περὶ τὸ δικαστήριον πλήθους, πάσῃ μηχανῇ χρῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖν ὡς γόητα, καὶ βίαιον, καὶ ἱερωσύνης ἀνάξιον: δείσαντες οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως προστεταγμένοι παρεῖναι τῇ συνόδῳ εὐταξίας ἕνεκα, μὴ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐν στάσει καταδραμόντες, αὐτόχειρες αὐτοῦ γένωνται, λάθρα αὐτὸν ὑπεξήγαγον τοῦ δικαστηρίου.

Ὁ δὲ, λογισάμενος οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον αὐτῷ διατρίβειν ἐν Τύρῳ, οὔτε ἀσφαλὲς δικάσασθαι πρὸς πλῆθος κατηγόρων παρὰ δικασταῖς ἐχθροῖς,

φεύγει εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Καταδικάζουσι δὲ αὐτῷ ἐρήμην ἡ σύνοδος, καὶ καθαιροῦσι τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς: καὶ ψηφίζονται αὐτὸν μηκέτι τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν οἰκεῖν, ἵνα μὴ, φησὶ, θορύβους καὶ στάσεις παρὼν ἐργάζηται. Ἰωάννην δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ πάντας, ὡς οὐ δικαίως κακῶς παθόντας, εἰς κοινωνίαν προσίενται, καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ ἀξίωμα ἑκάστῳ διέδωκαν.

Δηλοῦσι δὲ τὰ πεπραγμένα τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ γράφουσι τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις, μὴ μεταδοῦναι αὐτῷ κοινωνίας, μήτε γράφειν, μήτε παῤ αὐτοῦ γράμματα δέχεσθαι, ὡς ἐληλεγμένου ἐν οἷς διήκουσαν, καὶ διὰ τῆς φυγῆς καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς μὴ ἀγωνισθείσαις γραφαῖς ἁλόντος.

Ἐδήλουν δὲ διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, ἐπὶ τοιαύτην προῆχθαι ψῆφον: πρῶτον μὲν ὅσον χαλεπαίνοντες, καθότι τοῦ βασιλέως προστάξαντος ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι ἐνιαυτῷ, συνελθεῖν αὐτοῦ χάριν εἰς Καισάρειαν τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόπους, οὐκ ἀπήντησεν, ἐπὶ μακρῷ χρόνῳ ταλαιπωρουμένην τὴν σύνοδον ἰδὼν, καὶ τῶν τοῦ κρατοῦντος προσταγμάτων καταφρονήσας.

Πλειόνων δὲ συνελθόντων εἰς Τύρον, ἅμα πλήθει ἀφίκετο, καὶ ταραχὰς καὶ θορύβους ἐνεποίει τῇ συνόδῳ: πῆ μὲν τὰς ἀπολογίας ἀποκρουόμενος, πῆ δὲ τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἕκαστον προπηλακίζων: ἄλλοτε δὲ καλούμενος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν, μὴ ὑπακούων: ποτὲ δὲ κρίνεσθαι μὴ ἀξιῶν.

Περιφανῶς δὲ πεφωρᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ μυστικοῦ ποτηρίου τῇ συντριβῇ, κατήγγελλον, μάρτυρας ἐπὶ τοῦτο προϊσχόμενοι, Θεόγνιον τὸν Νικαίας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Μάριν τὸν Χαλκηδόνος, καὶ Θεόδωρον τὸν Ἡρακλείας, Οὐάλεντά τε καὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Μακεδόνιον: οὓς ἀπέστειλαν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὥστε παραγενομένους εἰς τὴν κώμην ἔνθα συντετρίφθαι τὸ ποτήριον ἐλέγετο, τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀνευρεῖν. Τοιαῦτα ἔγραψαν, καθ̓ ἕκαστον ἔγκλημα δικανικῶς ἐφαψάμενοι, καὶ οἷον ἐκ τέχνης τινὸς διαβολὴν κατασκευάσαι σπουδάζοντες.

Οὐχ ὑγιῶς δὲ ταύτην τὴν κρίσιν ἔχειν, καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν παρόντων ἱερέων κατεφαίνετο. Λέγεται οὖν Παφνούτιον τὸν ὁμολογητὴν τῇ συνόδῳ ταύτῃ παραγενόμενον, λαβόμενον τῆς χειρὸς, ἐξαναστῆσαι Μάξιμον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπον, ὡς οὐ δέον συλλόγου κοινωνεῖν πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογητὰς αὐτοὺς ὄντας, καὶ δἰ εὐσέβειαν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν κεκομμένους, καὶ τὰς ἀγκύλας πεπηρωμένους.

2.26 Erection of a Temple by Constantine the Great at Golgotha, in Jerusalem; its Dedication PG 67, 1008

The temple, called the “Great Martyrium,” which was built in the place of the skull at Jerusalem, was completed about the thirtieth year of the reign of Constantine; and Marianus, an official, who was a short-hand writer of the emperor, came to Tyre and delivered a letter from the emperor to the council, commanding them to repair quickly to Jerusalem, in order to consecrate the temple. Although this had been previously determined upon, yet the emperor deemed it necessary that the disputes which prevailed among the bishops who had been convened at Tyre should be first adjusted, and that they should be purged of all discord and grief before going to the consecration of the temple. For it is fitting to such a festival for the priests to be like-minded. When the bishops arrived at Jerusalem, the temple was therefore consecrated, as likewise numerous ornaments and gifts, which were sent by the emperor and are still preserved in the sacred edifice; their costliness and magnificence is such that they cannot be looked upon without exciting wonder. Since that period the anniversary of the consecration has been celebrated with great pomp by the church of Jerusalem; the festival continues eight days, initiation by baptism is administered, and people from every region under the sun resort to Jerusalem during this festival, and visit the sacred places.

Περὶ τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ, ὃν ὁ μέγας ἔκτισε Κωνσταντῖνος ἐν Γαλγοθᾷ: καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐγκαινίων αὐτοῦ.

Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὴν τρίτην δεκάδα τῆς Κωνσταντίνου ἡγεμονίας, ἐξεργασθέντος τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ περὶ τὸν κρανίου χῶρον, ὃ μέγα μαρτύριον προσαγορεύεται, παραγενόμενος εἰς Τύρον Μαριανὸς, ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν ἀξίᾳ, βασιλικὸς ταχυγράφος, ἀπέδωκε τῇ συνόδῳ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν, παρακελευομένην ἐν τάχει τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα καταλαβεῖν, καὶ τὸν νεὼ καθιερῶσαι.

Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πρὶν βεβουλευμένος ἀναγκαῖον ἐνόμισε πρότερον ἐν Τύρῳ συνελθόντας τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, διαθεῖναι τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοράς: οὕτω τε κεκαθαρμένους διχονοίας καὶ λύπης, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν τοῦ νεὼ χωρῆσαι: πρόσφορον γὰρ εἶναι τοιαύτῃ πανηγύρει τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τῶν ἱερέων.

Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἧκον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ τὸν ναὸν καθιέρωσαν, καὶ τὰ ἀποσταλέντα παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως κειμήλιά τε καὶ ἀναθήματα, ἃ εἰσέτι νῦν ἐν τῷδε τῷ ἱερῷ οἴκῳ ἀνάκεινται, καὶ πολὺ παρέχει θαῦμα τοῖς θεωμένοις,

πολυτελείας καὶ μεγέθους ἕνεκα. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ, ἐτήσιον ταύτην ἑορτὴν λαμπρῶς μάλα ἄγει ἡ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐκκλησία: ὡς καὶ μυήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ τελεῖσθαι, καὶ ὀκτὼ ἡμέρας ἐφεξῆς ἐκκλησιάζειν: συνιέναι τε πολλοὺς σχεδὸν ἐκ πάσης τῆς ὑφ̓ ἥλιον, οἳ καθ̓ ἱστορίαν τῶν ἱερῶν τόπων πάντοθεν συντρέχουσι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ταύτης τῆς πανηγύρεως.

2.27 Concerning the Presbyter by whom Constantine was persuaded to recall Arius and Euzoïus from Exile; the Tractate concerning his Possibly Pious Faith, and how Arius was again received by the Synod assembled at Jerusalem

The bishops who had embraced the sentiments of Arius found a favorable opportunity of restoring him and Euzoïus to communion, by zealously striving to have a council in the city of Jerusalem. They effected their design in the following manner :—

A certain presbyter who was a great admirer of the Arian doctrines, was on terms of intimacy with the emperor’s sister. At first he concealed his sentiments; but as he frequently visited and became by degrees more familiar with Constantia, for such was the name of the sister of Constantine, he took courage to represent to her that Arius was unjustly exiled from his country, and cast out from the Church, through the jealousy and personal enmity of Alexander bishop of the Alexandrian Church. He said that his jealousy had been excited by the esteem which the people manifested towards Arius.

Constantia believed these representations to be true, yet took no steps in her lifetime to innovate upon the decrees of Nicæa. Being attacked with a disease which threatened to terminate in death, she besought her brother, who went to visit her, to grant what she was about to ask, as a last favor; this request was, to receive the above mentioned presbyter on terms of intimacy, and to rely upon him as a man who had correct opinions about the Divinity. “For my part,” she added, “I am drawing nigh to death, and am no longer interested in the concerns of this life; the only apprehension I now feel, arises from dread lest you should incur the wrath of God and suffer any calamity, or the loss of your empire, since you have been induced to condemn just and good men wrongfully to perpetual banishment.” From that period the emperor received the presbyter into favor, and after permitting him to speak freely with him and to commune on the same topics concerning which his sister had given her command, deemed necessary to subject the case of Arius to a fresh examination; it is probable that, in forming this decision, the emperor was either influenced by a belief in the credibility of the attacks, or by the desire of gratifying his sister. It was not long before he recalled Arius from exile, and demanded of him a written exposition of his faith concerning the Godhead. Arius avoided making use of the new terms which he had previously devised, and constructed another exposition by using simple terms, and such as were recognized by the sacred Scriptures; he declared upon oath, that he held the doctrines set forth in this exposition, that he both felt these statements ex animo and had no other thought than these. It was as follows: “Arius and Euzoïus, presbyters, to Constantine, our most pious emperor and most beloved of God.

“According as your piety, beloved of God, commanded, O sovereign emperor, we here furnish a written statement of our own faith, and we protest before God that we, and all those who are with us, believe what is here set forth.

“We believe in one God, the Father Almighty, and in His Son the Lord Jesus Christ, who was begotten from Him before all ages, God the Word, by whom all things were made, whether things in heaven or things on earth; He came and took upon Him flesh, suffered and rose again, and ascended into heaven, whence He will again come to judge the quick and the dead.

“We believe in the Holy Ghost, in the resurrection of the body, in the life to come, in the kingdom of heaven, and in one Catholic Church of God, established throughout the earth. We have received this faith from the Holy Gospels, in which the Lord says to His disciples, ‘Go forth and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.’ If we do not so believe this, and if we do not truly receive the doctrines concerning the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, as they are taught by the whole Catholic Church and by the sacred Scriptures, as we believe in every point, let God be our judge, both now and in the day which is to come. Wherefore we appeal to your piety, O our emperor most beloved of God, that, as we are enrolled among the members of the clergy, and as we hold the faith and thought of the Church and of the sacred Scriptures, we may be openly reconciled to our mother, the Church, through your peacemaking and pious piety; so that useless questions and disputes may be cast aside, and that we and the Church may dwell together in peace, and we all in common may offer the customary prayer for your peaceful and pious empire and for your entire family.”

Many considered this declaration of faith as an artful compilation, and as bearing the appearance of difference in expression, while, in reality, it supported the doctrine of Arius; the terms in which it was couched being so vague that it was susceptible of diverse interpretations. The emperor imagined that Arius and Euzoïus were of the same sentiments as the bishops of the council of Nicæa, and was delighted over the affair. He did not, however, attempt to restore them to communion without the judgment and approval of those who are, by the law of the Church, masters in these matters. He, therefore, sends them to the bishops who were then assembled at Jerusalem, and wrote, desiring them to examine the declaration of faith submitted by Arius and Euzoïus, and so to influence the Synod that, whether they found that their doctrine was orthodox, and that the jealousy of their enemies had been the sole cause of their condemnation, or that, without having reason to blame those who had condemned them, they had changed their minds, a humane decision might, in either case, be accorded them. Those who had long been zealous for this, seized the opportunity under cover of the emperor’s letter, and received him into fellowship. They wrote immediately to the emperor himself, to the Church of Alexandria, and to the bishops and clergy of Egypt, of Thebes, and of Libya, earnestly exhorting them to receive Arius and Euzoïus into communion, since the emperor bore witness to the correctness of their faith, in one of his own epistles, and since the judgment of the emperor had been confirmed by the vote of the Synod.

These were the subjects which were zealously discussed by the Synod of Jerusalem.

Περὶ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου τοῦ πείσαντος Κωνσταντῖνον, καταγαγεῖν ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας Ἄρειον καὶ Εὐζώϊον: καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ τάχα εὐσεβοῦς πίστεως λίβελλος: καὶ ὅπως ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀθροισθείσης συνόδου καὶ πάλιν Ἄρειος προσεδέχθη.

Τηνικαῦτα δὲ καιροῦ λαβόμενοι οἱ τὰ Ἀρείου φρονοῦντες τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἐσπούδασαν γενέσθαι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις σύνοδον, καὶ κοινωνίας αὐτῷ μεταδοῦναι καὶ Εὐζωΐῳ: ἐθάρρησαν δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ πρόφασιν τοιάνδε.

Πρεσβύτερός τις ἦν συνήθης τῇ ἀδελφῇ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπαινέτης τῶν Ἀρείου δογμάτων. Καὶ ὅτι τάδε ἐφρόνει, τὰ πρῶτα ἐλάνθανεν. Ὡς δὲ πολλοῖς προελθὼν χρόνοις οἰκειότερον ἑαυτὸν κατέστησε Κωνσταντίᾳ, τοῦτο γὰρ ὄνομα ἦν τῇ ἀδελφῇ Κωνσταντίνου, ἀδείας λαβόμενος ἐπαρρησιάσατο πρὸς αὐτὴν, καὶ κατεμέμφετο, μὴ δικαίως Ἄρειον τὴν πατρίδα φεύγειν καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβεβλῆσθαι, διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἰδίας ἔχθρας ἐκβληθέντα παρὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ ἐπιτροπεύσαντος τὴν Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίαν: Εὐδοκιμοῦντα γὰρ, ἔφη, παρὰ τῷ πλήθει ὁρῶν

αὐτὸν, ἐζηλοτύπησεν. Ἀληθῆ δὲ ταῦτα πεισθεῖσα Κωνσταντία, ἐν ᾧ μὲν περιῆν, οὐδὲν ἔφθασε νεωτερίσαι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων: ἐπεὶ δὲ νόσῳ περιέπεσε, καθυφωρᾶτο τελευτᾷν: καὶ παραγενόμενον ὡς αὐτὴν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ἐκέλευσε τελευταίαν αὐτῇ δοῦναι χάριν, ἣν ἂν αἰτήσειεν. Ἐδεῖτο δὲ οἰκεῖον ἔχειν τὸν εἰρημένον πρεσβύτερον, καὶ ὡς ὀρθῶς δοξάζοντι περὶ τὸ θεῖον, πείθεσθαι: Ἑαυτὴν μὲν γὰρ, ἔφη, οἴχεσθαι, καὶ λοιπὸν τῆς ἐνταῦθα βιοτῆς μηδὲν φροντίζειν: περὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ ὀρρωδεῖν, μήτι πάθοι ὑπὸ θεομηνίας, ἢ αὐτὸς κακῶς πράξας, ἢ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αἰσχρῶς ἀποβαλών: ἐπεὶ δικαίους, ἔφη, καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἀδίκως πεισθεὶς τισὶν ἀϊδίῳ φυγῇ ἐζημίωσεν.

Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς οἰκειότατα διετέθη περὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον τοῦτον: καὶ παρρησίας αὐτῷ μεταδοὺς, καὶ κοινωσάμενος περὶ ὧν ἐνετείλατο ἡ ἀδελφὴ, ᾠήθη χρῆναι πάλιν πειρασθῆναι τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἄρειον: ὡς εἰκὸς, ὑποτοπήσας ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς διαβολὰς, ἢ τῇ ἀδελφῇ χαριζόμενος. Οὐκ εἰς μακράν τε μετεκαλέσατο Ἄρειον ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς, καὶ γραφὴν ἐκέλευσεν ἐκδοῦναι ὧν πιστεύει περὶ Θεοῦ.

Ὁ δὲ, τὸ καινὸν ἐκκλίνας ὧν πρότερον εὗρεν ὀνομάτων, ἑτέραν ὕφανεν ἔκθεσιν, ἁπλοῖς ῥητοῖς καὶ ἐγνωσμένοις ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις χρησάμενος: καὶ ὅρκον ὤμοσεν, ἢ μὴν ὧδε πιστεύειν, καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ταῦτα φρονεῖν, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἐννοεῖν παρὰ ταῦτα. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε.

Τῷ εὐσεβεστάτῳ καὶ θεοφιλεστάτῳ δεσπότῃ ἡμῶν Κωνσταντίνῳ, Ἄρειος καὶ Εὐζώϊος πρεσβύτεροι. Καθὼς προσέταξεν ἡ θεοφιλής σου εὐσέβεια, δέσποτα βασιλεῦ, ἐκτιθέμεθα τὴν ἑαυτῶν πίστιν ἐγγράφως: ὁμολογοῦμεν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ οὕτω πιστεύειν, καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν ἡμῖν, ὡς ὑποτέτακται.

Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, καὶ εἰς Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων γεγεννημένον Θεὸν λόγον, δἰ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τά τε ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς: τὸν ἐλθόντα καὶ σάρκα ἀναλαβόντα, καὶ παθόντα καὶ ἀναστάντα, καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. Καὶ εἰς ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καὶ σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν, καὶ εἰς ζωὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, καὶ εἰς βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν, καὶ εἰς μίαν ἐκκλησίαν καθολικὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἀπὸ περάτων ἕως περάτων.

Ταύτην δὲ τὴν πίστιν παρειλήφαμεν ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων εὐαγγελίων, λέγοντος τοῦ Κυρίου τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς, Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος.

Εἰ δὲ μὴ ταῦτα οὕτω πιστεύομεν, καὶ ἀποδεχόμεθα ἀληθῶς Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ὡς πᾶσα ἡ καθολικὴ ἐκκλησία καὶ αἱ ἅγιαι γραφαὶ διδάσκουσιν, ὡς κατὰ πάντα πιστεύομεν, κριτὴς ἡμῶν ἔσται ὁ Θεὸς καὶ νῦν καὶ ἐν τῇ μελλούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ.

Διὸ παρακαλοῦμέν σου τὴν εὐσέβειαν, θεοφιλέστατε ἡμῶν βασιλεῦ, ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς ἡμᾶς ὄντας, καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὸ φρόνημα τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν ἔχοντας, ἑνοῦσθαι ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς εἰρηνοποιοῦ σου καὶ θεοσεβοῦς εὐσεβείας τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ δηλαδὴ, περιῃρημένων τῶν ζητημάτων, καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῶν ζητημάτων περισσολογιῶν: ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία μετ’ ἀλλήλων εἰρηνεύοντες, τὰς συνήθεις εὐχὰς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρηνικῆς σου καὶ εὐσεβοῦς βασιλείας, καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γένους σου, κοινῇ πάντες ποιώμεθα.

Ταύτης τῆς πίστεως τὴν γραφὴν, οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον τεχνικῶς συγκεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν τοῖς ῥητοῖς διαλλάσσειν, συμφέρεσθαι δὲ καὶ οὕτως τοῖς Ἀρείου δόγμασι κατὰ τὴν ἐκδοχὴν τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἄδειαν παρεχόντων ἐπαμφοτερίζειν, καὶ πρὸς ἑκατέραν διάνοιαν ταῦτα ἐκλαμβάνειν.

Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς παραπλήσια δοξάζειν Ἄρειόν τε καὶ Εὐζώϊον τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθόσιν, ἥσθη τῷ πράγματι. Οὐ μὴν ἑαυτῷ ἐπέτρεψεν, εἰς κοινωνίαν αὐτοὺς δέξασθαι, πρὸ κρίσεως καὶ δοκιμασίας τῶν τούτου κυρίων, κατὰ τὸν

νόμον τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Πέμπει δὲ αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις τότε συνελθόντας ἐπισκόπους, γράψας σκοπηθῆναι αὐτῶν τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῆς πίστεως: φιλάνθρωπον δὲ ψῆφον ἐνεγκεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς τὴν σύνοδον, ἤν τε ὀρθῶς φανεῖεν δοξάζοντες καὶ φθόνου χάριν ἐπιβουλευθέντες, ἤν τε μηδὲν ἔχοντες μέμφεσθαι τοῖς ἤδη ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς κεκριμένοις, μεταμεληθεῖεν.

Καιροῦ δὲ λαβόμενοι πάλιν ταῦτα σπουδάζοντες, προφάσει τῶν βασιλέως γραμμάτων, ἐδέξαντο αὐτοὺς εἰς κοινωνίαν. Καὶ ὅτε τοῦτο ἐποίησαν, αὐτῷ τε τῷ βασιλεῖ ἔγραψαν, καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Ἀλεξανδρείας, καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Θηβαΐδα καὶ Λιβύην ἐπισκόποις καὶ κληρικοῖς, παρακελευσάμενοι προθύμως αὐτοὺς δέξασθαι, ὡς καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως μαρτυρήσαντος ὀρθὴν εἶναι τὴν αὐτῶν πίστιν, ἣν τῇ οἰκείᾳ ἐπιστολῇ ὑπέταξαν, καὶ τῆς συνόδου ἐπιψηφισαμένης τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως κρίσει. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐσπουδάζετο.

2.28 Letter from the Emperor Constantine to the Synod of Tyre, and Exile of St. Athanasius through the Machination of the Arian Faction

Athanasius, after having fled from Tyre, repaired to Constantinople, and on coming to the emperor Constantine, complained of what he had suffered, in presence of the bishops who had condemned him, and besought him to permit the decrees of the council of Tyre to be submitted for examination before the emperor. Constantine regarded this request as reasonable, and wrote in the following terms to the bishops assembled at Tyre:—

“I know not what has been enacted in confusion and vehemence by your Synod; but it appears that, from some disturbing disorder, decrees which are not in conformity with truth have been enacted, and that your constant irritation of one another evidently prevented you from considering what is pleasing to God. But it will be the work of Divine Providence to scatter the evils which have been drawn out of this contentiousness, and to manifest to us clearly whether you have not been misled in your judgment by motives of private friendship or aversion. I therefore command that you all come here to my piety without delay, in order that we may receive an exact account of your transactions. I will explain to you the cause of my writing to you in this strain, and you will know from what follows, why I summon you before myself through this document. As I was returning on horseback to that city which bears my name, and which I regard as my much prospered country, Athanasius, the bishop, presented himself so unexpectedly in the middle of the highway, with certain individuals who accompanied him, that I felt exceedingly surprised at beholding him. God, who sees all things, is my witness, that at first I did not know who he was, but that some of my attendants having ascertained this point, and the injustice which he had suffered, gave me the necessary information. I did not on this occasion grant him an interview. He, however, persevered in requesting an audience; and although I refused him, and was on the point of commanding that he should be removed from my presence, he told me with more boldness, that he sought no other favor of me than that I should summon you hither, in order that he might in your presence complain of what he had suffered unnecessarily. As this request appears reasonable and timely, I deemed it right to address you in this strain, and to command all of you who were convened at the Synod of Tyre to hasten to the court of our clemency, so that you may demonstrate by your works, the purity and inflexibility of your decisions before me, whom you cannot refuse to acknowledge as a genuine servant of God. By my zeal in His service, peace has been established throughout the world, and the name of God is genuinely praised among the barbarians, who till now were in ignorance of the truth; and it is evident that whoever is ignorant of the truth knows not God. Notwithstanding, as is above stated, the barbarians have, through my instrumentality, learnt to know genuinely and to worship God; for they perceived that everywhere, and on all occasions, his protection rested on me; and they reverence God the more deeply because they fear my power. But we who have to announce the mysteries of forbearance (for I will not say that we keep them), we, I say, ought not to do anything that can tend to dissension or hatred, or, to speak plainly, to the destruction of the human race. Come, then, to us, as I have said, with all diligence, and be assured that I shall do everything in my power to preserve all the particularly infallible parts of the law of God in a way that no fault or heterodoxy can be fabricated; while those enemies of the law who, under the guise of the Holy Name, endeavor to introduce variant and differing blasphemies, have been openly scattered, utterly crushed, and wholly suppressed.”

This letter of the emperor so excited the fears of some of the bishops that they set off on their journey homewards. But Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and his partisans, went to the emperor, and represented that the Synod of Tyre had enacted no decrees against Athanasius but what were founded on justice. They brought forward as witnesses Theognis, Maris, Theodore, Valens, and Ursacius, and deposed that he had broken the mystical cup, and after uttering many other calumnies, they prevailed with their accusations. The emperor, either believing their statements to be true, or imagining that unanimity would be restored among the bishops if Athanasius were removed, exiled him to Treves, in Western Gaul; and thither, therefore, he was conducted.

Ἐπιστολὴ βασιλέως Κωνσταντίνου πρὸς τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ σύνοδον: καὶ ἐξορία τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀθανασίου ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν Ἀρειανῶν.

Ἀθανάσιος δὲ φεύγων ἐκ Τύρου, εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἦλθε: καὶ προσελθὼν Κωνσταντίνῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἃ πέπονθεν ἀπωδύρατο, παρόντων τῶν καταδικασάντων αὐτοῦ ἐπισκόπων: καὶ ἐδεῖτο τῶν ἐν Τύρῳ κεκριμένων γενέσθαι τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως. Κωνσταντῖνος δὲ εὔλογον εἶναι δοκιμάσας τὴν αἴτησιν, τάδε ἔγραψεν τοῖς ἐν Τύρῳ συνελθοῦσιν ἐπισκόποις.

Ἐγὼ μὲν ἀγνοῶ, τίνα ἐστὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας συνόδου μετὰ θορύβου καὶ χειμῶνος κριθέντα: δοκεῖ δέ πως ὑπό τινος ταραχώδους ἀταξίας ἡ ἀλήθεια διεστράφθαι, ὑμῶν δηλαδὴ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πέλας ἐρεσχελίαν, ἣν ἀήττητον εἶναι βούλεσθε, τὰ

τῷ Θεῷ ἀρέσκοντα μὴ συνορώντων. Ἀλλὰ ἔσται τῆς θείας προνοίας ἔργον καὶ τὰ τῆς φιλονεικίας ταύτης κακὰ φανερῶς ἁλόντα διασκεδάσαι, καὶ ἡμῖν διαρρήδην ἐπιδεῖξαι, εἴ τινα τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτόθι συνελθόντες ἐποιήσασθε φροντίδα,

καὶ εἰ τὰ κεκριμένα χωρὶς τινὸς χάριτος καὶ ἀπεχθείας ἐκρίνατε. Τοιγαροῦν ἠπειγμένως πάντας ὑμᾶς πρὸς τὴν ἐμὴν ἐλθεῖν εὐλάβειαν βούλομαι, ἵνα τὴν τῶν πεπραγμένων ὑμῖν ἀκρίβειαν καὶ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν παραστήσητε.

Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ταῦτα γράψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐδικαίωσα, καὶ ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν διὰ τοῦ γράμματος καλῶ, ἐκ τῶν ἑπομένων γνώσεσθε. Ἐπιβαίνοντί μοι λοιπὸν τῆς ἐπωνύμου ἡμῶν καὶ πανευδαίμονος πατρίδος τῆς Κωνσταντίνου πόλεως, συνέβαινε δέ με τηνικαῦτα ἐφ̓ ἵππου ὀχεῖσθαι, ἐξαίφνης Ἀθανάσιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος μέσον τῆς λεωφόρου, μετὰ ἑτέρων τινῶν οὓς περὶ αὐτὸν εἶχεν, ἀπροσδοκήτως οὕτω προσῆλθεν ὡς καὶ παρασχεῖν ἐκπλήξεως ἀφορμήν.

Μαρτυρεῖ μοι γὰρ ὁ πάντων ἔφορος Θεὸς, ὡς οὐδὲ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτὸν ὅστις ἦν παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ὄψιν ἐδυνήθην, εἰ μὴ τῶν ἡμετέρων τινὲς, καὶ ὅστις ἦν καὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν ἣν πέπονθε πυνθανομένοις, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς, ἀπήγγειλαν ἡμῖν.

Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐ διελέχθην αὐτῷ κατ’ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ, οὔτε ὁμιλίας ἐκοινώνησα. Ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἠξίου, ἐγὼ δὲ παρῃτούμην, καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ἀπελαύνεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐκέλευον, μετὰ πλείονος παρρησίας οὐδὲν ἕτερον παῤ ἡμῶν ᾔτει, ἢ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἄφιξιν ἠξίωσεν ὑπᾶρξαι, ἵν’ ὑμῶν παρόντων, ἃ πέπονθεν ἀναγκαίως ἀποδύρασθαι δυνηθείη.

Ὅπερ ἐπειδὴ εὔλογον εἶναι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς πρέπον κατεφαίνετο, ἀσμένως ταῦτα γραφῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς προσέταξα, ἵνα πάντες, ὅσοι τὴν σύνοδον τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ γενομένην ἐπληρώσατε, ἀνυπερθέτως εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡμερότητος ἐπειχθῆτε, τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῖς ἐπιδείξοντες τὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας κρίσεως καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀδιάστροφον,

ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ, ὃν τοῦ Θεοῦ γνήσιον εἶναι θεράποντα οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθείητε. Τοιγαροῦν διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν λατρείας, τὰ πανταχοῦ εἰρηνεύεται, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων αὐτῶν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὄνομα γνησίως εὐλογούντων, οἳ μέχρι νῦν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠγνόουν:

δῆλον δὲ ὅτι ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀγνοῶν, οὐδὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἐπιγινώσκει. Πλὴν ὅμως, καθὰ προείρηται, καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι νῦν δἰ ἐμὲ τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ θεράποντα γνήσιον ἐπέγνωσαν τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ εὐλαβεῖσθαι μεμαθήκασιν, ὃν ὑπερασπίζειν μου πανταχοῦ καὶ προνοεῖσθαι τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῖς ᾔσθοντο: ὅθεν μάλιστα καὶ ἴσασι τὸν Θεόν, ὃν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν διὰ τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φόβον εὐλαβοῦνται.

Ἡμεῖς δὲ, οἱ τὰ μυστήρια τῆς εὐμενείας αὐτοῦ δοκοῦντες προβάλλεσθαι, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι φυλάττειν, ἡμεῖς, φημὶ, οὐδὲν πράττομεν, ἢ τὰ πρὸς διχόνοιαν καὶ μῖσος συντείνοντα, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, τὰ πρὸς ὄλεθρον τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους ἔχοντα τὴν ἀναφοράν.

Ἀλλ’ ἐπείχθητε, καθὰ προείρηται, καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς σπεύσατε πάντες ᾗ τάχος: πεπεισμένοι ὡς παντὶ σθένει κατορθῶσαι πειράσομαι, ὅπως ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντα ἐξαιρέτως ἀδιάπτωτα φυλάττωνται, οἷς οὔτε ψόγος οὔτε κακοδοξία τὶς δυνήσεται προσπλακῆναι: διασκεδασθέντων δηλαδὴ καὶ συντριβέντων ἄρδην καὶ παντελῶς ἀφανισθέντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῦ νόμου, οἵ τινες ἐπὶ προσχήματι τοῦ ἁγίου ὀνόματος ποικίλας καὶ διαφόρους βλασφημίας παρέχουσι.

Τάδε τοῦ βασιλέως γράψαντος, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι δείσαντες οἴκαδε ἀνεχώρησαν: οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον τὸν Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπον παραγενόμενοι πρὸς βασιλέα, δίκαια ψηφίσασθαι ἐπὶ Ἀθανασίῳ τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ σύνοδον διϊσχυρίζοντο. Καὶ μάρτυρας παραγαγόντες εἰς μέσον Θεόγνιον καὶ Μάριν καὶ Θεόδωρον, Οὐάλεντά τε καὶ Οὐρσάκιον, ἔπεισαν ὡς μυστικὸν ποτήριον συνέτριψεν: ἄλλα τε πολλὰ λοιδορησάμενοι,

ἐκράτησαν ταῖς διαβολαῖς. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ἢ ἀληθῆ τάδε πιστεύσας, ἢ λοιπὸν ὁμονοεῖν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὑπολαβὼν, εἴπερ ἐκποδὼν γένηται ὁ Ἀθανάσιος, προσέταξεν αὐτὸν ἐν Τριβέρει τῶν πρὸς δύσιν Γαλατῶν οἰκεῖν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀπήχθη.

2.29 Alexander, Bishop of Constantinople; his Refusal to receive Arius into Communion; Arius is burst asunder while seeking Natural Relief

After the Synod of Jerusalem, Arius went to Egypt, but as he could not obtain permission to hold communion with the Church of Alexandria, he returned to Constantinople. As all those who had embraced his sentiments, and those who were attached to Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, had assembled cunningly in that city for the purpose of holding a council, Alexander, who was then ordering the see of Constantinople, used every effort to dissolve the council. But as his endeavors were frustrated, he openly refused all covenant with Arius, affirming that it was neither just nor according to ecclesiastical canons, to make powerless their own vote, and that of those bishops who had been assembled at Nicæa, from nearly every region under the sun. When the partisans of Eusebius perceived that their arguments produced no effect on Alexander, they had recourse to contumely, and threatened that unless he would receive Arius into communion on a stated day, he should be expelled from the church, and that another should be elected in his place who would be willing to hold communion with Arius. They then separated, the partisans of Eusebius, to await the time they had fixed for carrying their menaces into execution, and Alexander to pray that the words of Eusebius might be prevented from being carried into deed. His chief source of fear arose from the fact that the emperor had been persuaded to give way. On the day before the appointed day he prostrated himself before the altar, and continued all the night in prayer to God, that his enemies might be prevented from carrying their schemes into execution against him. Late in the afternoon, Arius, being seized suddenly with pain in the stomach, was compelled to repair to the public place set apart for emergencies of this nature. As some time passed away without his coming out, some persons, who were waiting for him outside, entered, and found him dead and still sitting upon the seat. When his death became known, all people did not view the occurrence under the same aspect. Some believed that he died at that very hour, seized by a sudden disease of the heart, or suffering weakness from his joy over the fact that his matters were falling out according to his mind; others imagined that this mode of death was inflicted on him in judgment, on account of his impiety. Those who held his sentiments were of opinion that his death was brought about by magical arts. It will not be out of place to quote what Athanasius, bishop of Alexandria, stated on the subject. The following is his narrative:—

Περὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, ὅπως ἀνεδύετο εἰς κοινωνίαν Ἄρειον δέξασθαι: καὶ ὡς διερράγη Ἄρειος, νυξάσης αὐτὸν τῆς γαστρὸς εἰς ἀπόπατον.

Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις σύνοδον ἧκε Ἄρειος εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Μὴ κοινωνούσης δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίας, πάλιν ἦλθεν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Ἐπίτηδες δὲ συνδραμόντων τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων ἰδίᾳ καὶ τῶν πειθομένων Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Νικομηδείας ἐπισκόπῳ, καὶ σύνοδον ποιῆσαι παρασκευαζομένων, αἰσθόμενος τῆς αὐτῶν σπουδῆς Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ τότε τὸν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει διέπων θρόνον,

ἐπειράθη διαλῦσαι τὴν σύνοδον. Ὡς δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξεγένετο, ἄντικρυς ἀπηγόρευε ταῖς πρὸς Ἄρειον σπονδαῖς, μὴ θεμιτὸν μηδὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸν εἶναι λέγων, σφῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ψῆφον ἄκυρον ποιεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἅμα αὐτοῖς ἐκ πάσης σχεδὸν τῆς ὑφ̓ ἥλιον συνεληλυθότων εἰς Νίκαιαν. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον, ὡς τὰ πρῶτα λόγοις οὐκ ἔπειθον τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον, ἐμπαροινήσαντες αὐτῷ μετὰ ἀπειλῆς διεμαρτύραντο, εἰ μὴ προσδέξεται τὸν Ἄρειον εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν, αὐτὸν μὲν ὑπερορίαν οἰκήσειν ἐκβληθέντα τῆς ἐκκλησίας,

Ἀρείῳ δὲ κοινωνήσειν τὸν μετ’ αὐτόν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τε ἀπηλλαγησαν τότε ἀλλήλων: οἱ μὲν, τῇ προθεσμίᾳ περιμένοντες ἐπιτελέσαι τὰς ἀπειλάς: ὁ δὲ Ἀλέξανδρος, προσευχόμενος μὴ εἰς ἔργον ἐκβῆναι τοὺς Εὐσεβίου λόγους. Μάλιστα δὲ αὐτὸν περιδεᾶ ἐποίει καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐνδιδόναι τρόπον τινὰ συμπεισθείς. Τῇ δὲ πρὸ τῆς προθεσμίας ἡμέρᾳ, εἰσδὺς ὑπὸ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, παννύχιος ἔκειτο πρηνὴς, τοῦ Θεοῦ δεόμενος ἐμποδισθῆναι τὸ τέλος τῶν κατ’ αὐτοῦ βεβουλευμένων.

Κατὰ δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἀπιών που περὶ δείλην ὀψίαν ὁ Ἄρειος, ἐξαπίνης ἀνακινησάσης αὐτὸν τῆς γαστρὸς, τοῦ κατεπείγοντος ἐγίνετο, καὶ εἰς δημόσιον τόπον πρὸς τοιαύτην χρείαν ἀφωρισμένον ἦλθεν. Ὡς δὲ ἐπὶ πολλῷ οὐκ ἐξῄει, εἰσελθόντες τινὲς τῶν ἔξω προσδεχομένων αὐτὸν, καταλαμβάνουσιν νεκρὸν ἐπὶ τῆς καθέδρας κείμενον.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐγένετο, οὐ ταὐτὰ πάντες ἐνόμιζον περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς. Ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς μὲν, ἀθρόᾳ νόσῳ ληφθεὶς περὶ τὴν καρδίαν, ἢ πάρεσιν ὑπομείνας ὑφ̓ ἡδονῆς τῶν κατὰ γνώμην ἀπαντησάντων πραγμάτων, αὐθωρὸν τεθνάναι: τοῖς δὲ, ὡς δυσσεβήσας δεδωκέναι δίκην. Οἱ δὲ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες, γοητείαις ἐλογοποίουν ἀνῃρῆσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. Οὐκ ἄτοπον δὲ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα Ἀθανασίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ἀλεξανδρείας εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν: ἔχει δὲ ὧδε.

2.30 Account given by the Great Athanasius of the Death of Arius

“Arius, the author of the heresy and the associate of Eusebius, having been summoned before the most blessed Constantine Augustus, at the solicitation of the partisans of Eusebius, was desired to give in writing an exposition of his faith. He drew up this document with great artfulness, and like the devil, concealed his impious assertions beneath the simple words of Scripture. The most blessed Constantine said to him, ‘If you have no other points in mind than these, render testimony to the truth; for if you perjure yourself, the Lord will punish you’; and the wretched man swore that he neither held nor conceived any sentiments except those now specified in the document, even if he had ever affirmed otherwise; soon after he went out, and judgment was visited upon him; for he bent forwards and burst in the middle. With all men the common end of life is death. We must not blame a man, even if he be an enemy, merely because he died, for it is uncertain whether we shall live to the evening. But the end of Arius was so singular that it seems worthy of some remark. The partisans of Eusebius threatened to reinstate him in the church, and Alexander, bishop of Constantinople, opposed their intention; Arius placed his confidence in the power and menaces of Eusebius; for it was the Sabbath, and he expected the next day to be readmitted. The dispute ran high; the partisans of Eusebius were loud in their menaces, while Alexander had recourse to prayer. The Lord was the judge, and declared himself against the unjust. A little before sunset Arius was compelled by a want of nature to enter the place appointed for such emergencies, and here he lost at once both restoration to communion and his life. The most blessed Constantine was amazed when he heard of this occurrence, and regarded it as the proof of perjury. It then became evident to every one that the menaces of Eusebius were absolutely futile, and that the expectations of Arius were vain. It also became manifest that the Arian madness could not be fellowshipped by the Saviour both here and in the church of the Firstborn. Is it not then astonishing that some are still found who seek to exculpate him whom the Lord condemned, and to defend that heresy which the Lord proved to be unworthy of fellowship, by not permitting its author to enter the church? We have been duly informed that this was the mode of the death of Arius.” It is said that for a long period subsequently no one would make use of the seat on which he died. Those who were compelled by necessities of nature, as is wont to be the case in a crowd, to visit the public place, when they entered, spoke to one another to avoid the seat, and the place was shunned afterwards, because Arius had there received the punishment of his impiety. At a later time a certain rich and powerful man, who had embraced the Arian tenets, bought the place of the public, and built a house on the spot, in order that the occurrence might fall into oblivion, and that there might be no perpetual memorial of the death of Arius.

Οἶα γράφει ὁ μέγας Ἀθανάσιος περὶ τῆς Ἀρείου ῥήξεως.

Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς Ἄρειος, ὁ τῆς μὲν αἱρέσεως ἔξαρχος, Εὐσεβίου δὲ κοινωνὸς, κληθεὶς ἐκ σπουδῆς τότε τῶν περὶ Εὐσέβιον παρὰ τοῦ μακαρίτου Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ Αὐγούστου, ἀπαιτούμενος ἐγγράφως εἰπεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πίστιν, ἔγραψεν ὁ δόλιος, κρύπτων τὰς ἀναιδεῖς δυσσεβείας λέξεις, ὑποκρινόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς ὁ διάβολος, τὰ τῶν γραφῶν ῥήματα ἁπλᾶ καὶ ὥς ἐστι γεγραμμένα.

Εἶτα λέγοντος τοῦ μακαρίου Κωνσταντίνου, Εἰ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἔχεις παρὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ, μάρτυρα τὴν ἀλήθειαν δός: ἀμυνεῖται γὰρ ἐπιορκήσαντά σε αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος: ὤμοσεν ὁ ἄθλιος, μήτε ἔχειν μήτε ἄλλα παρὰ τὰ νῦν γραφέντα φρονεῖν, κἂν εἰρῆσθαι πώποτε εἴη παῤ αὐτοῦ. Ἀλλ’ εὐθὺς ἐξελθὼν,

ὥσπερ δίκην δοὺς, κατέπεσε: καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησε μέσος. Πᾶσι μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώποις κοινὸν τοῦ βίου τέλος, θάνατός ἐστιν: καὶ οὐ δεῖ τινὸς ἐπεμβαίνειν, κἂν ἐχθρὸς ᾖ ὁ τελευτήσας, ἀδήλου ὄντος μὴ ἕως ἑσπέρας καὶ αὐτὸν τοῦτο καταλάβῃ. Τὸ δὲ τέλος Ἀρείου, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ ἁπλῶς γέγονε, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ διηγήσεώς ἐστιν ἄξιον.

Τῶν γὰρ περὶ Εὐσέβιον ἀπειλούντων εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὁ μὲν ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἀλέξανδρος ἀντέλεγεν. Ὁ δὲ Ἄρειος ἐθάρρει τῇ βίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς Εὐσεβίου: σάββατον γὰρ ἦν, καὶ προσεδόκα τῇ ἑξῆς συνάγεσθαι: πολὺς δὲ ἀγὼν ἦν, ἐκείνων μὲν ἀπειλούντων, Ἀλεξάνδρου δὲ εὐχομένου. Ἀλλ’ ὁ Κύριος κριτὴς γενόμενος, ἐβράβευσε κατὰ τῶν ἀδικούντων. Οὔπω γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος ἔδυ: καὶ χρείας αὐτὸν ἑλκυσάσης εἰς τόπον, ἐκεῖ κατέπεσε: καὶ ἀμφοτέρων, τῆς τε κοινωνίας καὶ τοῦ ζῆν,

εὐθὺς ἐστερήθη. Καὶ ὁ μὲν μακαρίτης Κωνσταντῖνος ἀκούσας ἐθαύμασεν, εἰδὼς ἐλεγχθέντα τοῦτον ἐπίορκον: πᾶσι δὲ τότε γέγονε φανερὸν, ὅτι τῶν μὲν περὶ Εὐσέβιον ἠσθένησαν αἱ ἀπειλαὶ, καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς Ἀρείου ματαία γέγονεν. Ἐδείχθη δὲ πάλιν, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἀκοινώνητος γέγονεν ἡ Ἀρειανὴ μανία, καὶ ὧδε, καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν πρωτοτόκων ἐκκλησίᾳ. Τίς οὖν οὐ θαυμάσειεν, ὁρῶν τούτους δικαιῶσαι φιλονεικοῦντας ὅν ὁ Κύριος κατέκρινε, καὶ βλέπων αὐτοὺς ἐκδιδοῦντας τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὓς ἀκοινωνήτους ἤλεγξεν ὁ Κύριος, μὴ ἀφεὶς τὸν αὐτῆς ἔξαρχον εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐλθεῖν.

Ὧδε μὲν Ἄρειον ἀποθανεῖν παρειλήφαμεν. Λόγος οὖν ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ μηδένα χρήσασθαι τῇ καθέδρᾳ ἐφ̓ ᾗ τέθνηκεν: οἷα δὲ εἰς δημόσιον χῶρον διὰ τὴν χρείαν ὀχλουμένων, ὡς φιλεῖ ἐν πλήθει γίνεσθαι, καὶ παρακελευομένων ἀλλήλοις τῶν εἰσιόντων φυλάττεσθαι τὴν καθέδραν, ἀποτρόπαιος ἦν καὶ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ τόπος, ὡς ἀσεβείας ποινὰς αὐτόθι δεδωκότος Ἀρείου.

Χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον, τῶν τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονούντων τὶς πλούσιός τε ἐν δυνάμει, σπουδῇ χρησάμενος, ἐπρίατο τοῦτον τὸν τόπον παρὰ τοῦ δημοσίου, καὶ οἰκίαν κατεσκεύασε, καθελὼν τὴν προτέραν ὄψιν, ὥστε λήθην γενέσθαι τῷ δήμῳ, καὶ μὴ τῇ διαδοχῇ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀναμνήσεως, τὸν Ἀρείου θάνατον κωμῳδεῖσθαι.

2.31 Events which occurred in Alexandria after the Death of Arius. Letter of Constantine the Great to the Church there

The death of Arius did not terminate the doctrinal dispute which he had originated. Those who adhered to his sentiments did not cease from plotting against those who maintained opposite opinions. The people of Alexandria loudly complained of the exile of Athanasius, and offered up supplications for his return; and Antony, the celebrated monk, wrote frequently to the emperor to entreat him to attach no credit to the insinuations of the Melitians, but to reject their accusations as calumnies; yet the emperor was not convinced by these arguments, and wrote to the Alexandrians, accusing them of folly and of disorderly conduct. He commanded the clergy and the holy virgins to remain quiet, and declared that he would not change his mind nor recall Athanasius, whom, he said, he regarded as an exciter of sedition, justly condemned by the judgment of the Church. He replied to Antony, by stating that he ought not to overlook the decree of the Synod; for even if some few of the bishops, he said, were actuated by ill-will or the desire to oblige others, it scarcely seems credible that so many prudent and excellent bishops could have been impelled by such motives; and, he added, that Athanasius was contumelious and arrogant, and the cause of dissension and sedition. The enemies of Athanasius accused him the more especially of these crimes, because they knew that the emperor regarded them with peculiar aversion. When he heard that the Church was split into two factions, of which one supported Athanasius and the other John, he was transported with indignation, and exiled John himself. This John had succeeded Melitius, and had, with those who held the same sentiments as himself, been restored to communion and reestablished in the clerical functions by the Synod of Tyre. His banishment was contrary to the wishes of the enemies of Athanasius, yet it was done, and the decrees of the Synod of Tyre did not benefit John, for the emperor was beyond supplication or petition of any kind with respect to any one who was suspected of stirring up Christian people to sedition or dissension.

Περὶ τῶν μετὰ τελευτὴν Ἀρείου συμβάντων ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ: καὶ οἷα τοῖς ἐκεῖσε ὁ μέγας ἔγραψε Κωνσταντῖνος.

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδὲ τούτου τελευτήσαντος, τέλος ἔσχεν ἡ ζήτησις ὧν εὗρε δογμάτων. Οὐδὲ ἐπαύσαντο οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες τοῖς τἀναντία δοξάζουσιν ἐπιβουλεύοντες.

Ἀμέλει τοι καὶ τοῦ Ἀλεξανδρέων δήμου συνεχῶς ἐκβοῶντος, καὶ ἐν λιταῖς ἱκετεύοντος περὶ τῆς Ἀθανασίου καθόδου, καὶ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ μεγάλου μοναχοῦ πολλάκις περὶ αὐτοῦ γράψαντος, καὶ ἀντιβολοῦντος μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς Μελιτιανοῖς, καὶ συκοφαντίας ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς αὐτῶν κατηγορίας, οὐκ ἐπείσθη ὁ βασιλεύς: ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν Ἀλεξανδρεῦσιν ἔγραψεν, ἄνοιαν καὶ ἀταξίαν ἐγκαλῶν: κληρικοῖς δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἱεραῖς παρθένοις ἡσυχίαν ἐπιτάττων: καὶ μὴ μετατίθεσθαι τῆς γνώμης ἰσχυρίζετο, μηδὲ μετακαλεῖσθαι τὸν Ἀθανάσιον, ὡς στασιώδη, καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ καταδεδικασμένον κρίσει.

Ἀντωνίῳ δὲ ἀντεδήλωσε, μὴ οἷός τε εἶναι τῆς συνόδου ὑπεριδεῖν τὴν ψῆφον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὀλίγοι, φησὶ, πρὸς ἀπέχθειαν ἢ χάριν ἐδίκασαν, οὐ δήπου πιθανὸν, τοσαύτην πληθὺν ἐλλογίμων καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπισκόπων τῆς ὁμοίας γενέσθαι γνώμης: τὸν γὰρ Ἀθανάσιον ὑβριστήν τε εἶναι καὶ ὑπερήφανον, καὶ διχονοίας καὶ στάσεως αἴτιον. Οἱ γὰρ ἐναντίως ἔχοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν, περὶ ταῦτα μάλιστα διέβαλλον αὐτὸν, καθότι ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπερφυῶς ἀπεστρέφετο.

Τότε γοῦν πυθόμενος διχῆ μεμερίσθαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν Ἀθανάσιον, τοὺς δὲ Ἰωάννην θαυμάζειν, σφόδρα ἠγανάκτησε, καὶ αὐτὸν Ἰωάννην ἐξώρισεν. Ἦν δὲ οὗτος, ὁ Μελίτιον διαδεξάμενος, καὶ παρὰ τῆς ἐν Τύρῳ συνόδου προσταχθεὶς τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ κοινωνεῖν, καὶ τὰς τιμὰς τῶν ἰδίων κλήρων ἔχειν αὐτός τε καὶ οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες.

Καί τοί γε παρὰ γνώμην τοῦτο ἀπέβη τοῖς Ἀθανασίου ἐχθροῖς. Ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐδὲν ὤνησεν Ἰωάννην τὰ δεδογμένα τοῖς ἐν Τύρῳ συνεληλυθόσι. Κρείττων γὰρ ἦν βασιλεὺς ἱκεσίας καὶ παντοδαπῆς παραιτήσεως, πρὸς τὸν ὑπονοούμενον εἰς στάσιν ἢ διχόνοιαν ἐγείρειν τὰ πλήθη τῶν Χριστιανῶν.

2.32 Constantine enacts a Law against all Heresies, and prohibits the People from holding Church in any place but the Catholic Church, and thus the Greater Number of Heresies disappear. The Arians who sided with Eusebius of Nicomedia, artfully attempted to obliterate the Term “Consubstantial.” PG 67, 1028

Although the doctrine of Arius was zealously supported by many persons in disputations, a party had not as yet been formed to whom the name of Arians could be applied as a distinctive appellation; for all assembled together as a church and held communion with each other, with the exception of the Novatians, those called Phrygians, the Valentinians, the Marcionites, the Paulianians, and some few others who adhered to already invented heresies. The emperor, however, enacted a law that their own houses of prayer should be abolished; and that they should meet in the churches, and not hold church in private houses, or in public places. He deemed it better to hold fellowship in the Catholic Church, and he advised them to assemble in her walls. By means of this law, almost all the heresies, I believe, disappeared. During the reign of preceding emperors, all who worshiped Christ, however they might have differed from each other in opinion, received the same treatment from the pagans, and were persecuted with equal cruelty. These common calamities, to which they were all equally liable, prevented them from prosecuting any close inquiries as to the differences of opinion which existed among themselves; it was therefore easy for the members of each party to hold church by themselves, and by continually conferring with one another, however few they might have been in number, they were not disrupted. But after this law was passed they could not assemble in public, because it was forbidden; nor could they hold their assemblies in secret, for they were watched by the bishops and clergy of their city. Hence the greater number of these sectarians were led, by fear of consequences, to join themselves to the Catholic Church. Those who adhered to their original sentiments did not, at their death, leave any disciples to propagate their heresy, for they could neither come together into the same place, nor were they able to teach in security those of the same opinions. On account either of the absurdity of the heretical dogmas, or of the utter ignorance of those who devised and taught them, the respective followers of each heresy were, from the beginning, very few in number. The Novatians alone, who had obtained good leaders, and who entertained the same opinions respecting the Divinity as the Catholic Church, were numerous, from the beginning, and remained so, not being much injured by this law; the emperor, I believe, willingly relaxed in their favor the rigor of the enactment, for he only desired to strike terror into the minds of his subjects, and had no intention of persecuting them. Acesius, who was then the bishop of this heresy in Constantinople, was much esteemed by the emperor on account of his virtuous life; and it is probable that it was for his sake that the church which he governed met with protection. The Phrygians suffered the same treatment as the other heretics in all the Roman provinces except Phrygia and the neighboring regions, for here they had, since the time of Montanus, existed in great numbers and do so to the present day.

About this time the partisans of Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and of Theognis, bishop of Nicæa, began to make innovations in writing upon the confession set forth by the Nicæan Council. They did not venture to reject openly the assertion that the Son is consubstantial with the Father, because this assertion was maintained by the emperor; but they propounded another document, and signified to the Eastern bishops that they received the terms of the Nicæan doctrine with verbal interpretations. From this declaration and reflection, the former dispute lapsed into fresh discussion, and what seemed to have been put at rest was again set in motion.

Ὅτι κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων νόμον ὁ Κωνσταντῖνος ἔθετο, μὴ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐκκλησιάζειν, ἢ τῇ καθολικῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ: δἰ οὗ καὶ αἱ πλεῖσται τῶν αἱρέσεων ἠφανίσθησαν. Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Νικομηδείας Εὐσέβιον Ἀρειανοὶ τὸ ὁμοούσιον τεχνηέντως περιελεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν.

Τὸ δὲ Ἀρείου δόγμα, εἰ καὶ πολλοῖς ἐν ταῖς διαλέξεσιν ἐσπουδάζετο, οὔπω εἰς ἴδιον διεκέκριτο λαὸν, ἢ ὄνομα τοῦ εὑρόντος: ἀλλὰ πάντες ἅμα ἐκκλησίαζον, καὶ ἐκοινώνουν. Πλὴν Ναυατιανῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων Φρυγῶν, Οὐαλεντινιανῶν τε καὶ Μαρκιωνιστῶν καὶ Παυλιανῶν, καὶ εἴ τινες ἕτεροι ἑτέρας ἤδη ηὑρημένας αἱρέσεις ἐπλήρουν.

Κατὰ τούτων δὲ πάντων νόμον θέμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, προσέταξεν ἀφαιρεθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους, καὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις συνάπτεσθαι, καὶ μήτε ἐν οἰκίαις ἰδιωτῶν, μήτε δημοσίᾳ ἐκκλησιάζειν. Κάλλιον δὲ τῇ καθόλου ἐκκλησίᾳ κοινωνεῖν εἰσηγεῖτο, καὶ εἰς ταύτην συνιέναι συνεβούλευσε. Διὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν νόμον, τούτων τῶν αἱρέσεων οἶμαι τὴν πολλὴν ἀφανισθῆναι μνήμην.

Ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν πρὶν βασιλέων, ὅσοι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔσεβον, εἰ καὶ τὰς δόξας διεφέροντο, πρὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν οἱ αὐτοὶ οἱ αὐτοὶ ἐνομίζοντο, καὶ κακῶς ὁμοίως ἔπασχον. Σφᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς πολυπραγμονεῖν διὰ τὰς κοινὰς συμφορὰς οὐκ ἠδύναντο: καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ῥᾳδίως καθ̓ ἑαυτοὺς ἕκαστοι συνιόντες ἐκκλησίαζον, καὶ συνεχῶς ὁμιλοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, εἰ καὶ ὀλίγοι ἦσαν, οὐ διελύθησαν.

Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον, οὔτε δημοσίᾳ ἐκλησιάζειν ἠδύναντο κωλυόμενοι, οὔτε λάθρα, τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόπων καὶ κληρικῶν παρατηρούντων. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ περιδεεῖς οἱ πλείους γενόμενοι, τῇ καθόλου ἐκκλησίᾳ προσέθεντο. Οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης μείναντες, οὐκέτι διαδόχους τῆς αὐτῶν αἱρέσεως καταλιπόντες, ἐτελεύτησαν: ὡς μήτε εἰς ταυτὸν συνιέναι συγχωρούμενοι, μήτε ἀδεῶς ὁμοδόξους ἐκδιδάσκειν δυνάμενοι. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι αἱρέσεις ὀλίγους τοὺς ζηλώσαντας ἔσχον, ἢ διὰ σκαιότητα δογμάτων, ἢ φαυλότητα τῶν εὑρόντων καὶ καθηγητῶν τούτων γενομένων.

Οἱ δὲ τὰ Ναυάτου φρονοῦντες, ὡς ἀγαθῶ ἡγεμόνων ἐπιτυχόντες, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τὸ θεῖον τῇ καθόλου ἐκκλησίᾳ δοξάζοντες, πολλοί τε ἦσαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ διέμειναν, οὐδὲν μέγα βλαβέντες ὑπὸ τούτου τοῦ νόμου. Ὡς γὰρ οἶμαι, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἑκὼν καθυφίει, φοβῆσαι μόνον, οὐ λυμῄνασθαι τοὺς ὑπηκόους προθέμενος. Καὶ Ἀκέσιος δὲ ὁ τότε ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τῆς αὐτῶν αἱρέσεως ἐπίσκοπος,

βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος ὢν διὰ τὸν βίον, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐβοήθει τῇ ὑπ’ αὐτὸν ἐκκλησίᾳ. Φρύγες δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρχομένην παραπλήσια τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπέμειναν, πλὴν Φρυγίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τῶν ἐκ γειτόνων: ἔνθα δὴ ἐκ τῶν κατὰ Μοντανὸν χρόνων πλῆθος ἀρξάμενοι καὶ νῦν εἰσί.

Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον τὸν Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Θεόγνιον τὸν Νικαίας, ἐγγράφως ἤρξαντο νεωτερίζειν περὶ τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων. Καὶ ἀναφανδὸν μὲν ἐκβάλλειν τὸ ὁμοούσιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν,

οὐκ ἐθάρρησαν: ᾔδεσαν γὰρ βασιλέα ὧδε δοξάζοντα. Ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκθέμενοι γραφὴν, ἐπὶ ῥηταῖς ἑρμηνείαις καταδεδέχθαι τὰ ὀνόματα τοῦ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόγματος ἐμήνυσαν τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόποις. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ῥητοῦ καὶ διανοίας εἰς διάλεξιν πεσοῦσα ἡ προτέρα ζήτησις, καὶ δόξασα πεπαῦσθαι, πάλιν ἀνεκινεῖτο.

2.33 Marcellus Bishop of Ancyra; his Heresy and Deposition

At the same period, Marcellus, bishop of Ancyra, in Galatia, was deposed and cast out of the Church by the bishops assembled at Constantinople, because he had introduced some new doctrines, whereby he taught that the existence of the Son of God commenced when He was born of Mary, and that His kingdom would have an end; he had, moreover, drawn up a written document wherein these views were propounded. Basil, a man of great eloquence and learning, was invested with the bishopric of the parish of Galatia. They also wrote to the churches in the neighboring regions, to desire them to search for the copies of the book written by Marcellus, and to destroy them, and to lead back any whom they might find to have embraced his sentiments. They stated that the work was too voluminous to admit of their transcribing the whole in their epistle, but that they inserted quotations of certain passages in order to prove that the doctrines which they had condemned were there advocated. Some persons, however, maintained that Marcellus had merely propounded a few questions which had been misconstrued by the adherents of Eusebius, and represented to the emperor as actual confessions. Eusebius and his partisans were much irritated against Marcellus, because he had not consented to the definitions propounded by the Synod in Phœnicia, nor to the regulations which had been made in favor of Arius at Jerusalem; and had likewise refused to attend at the consecration of the Great Martyrium, in order to avoid communion with them. In their letter to the emperor, they dwelt largely upon this latter circumstance, and brought it forward as a charge, alleging that it was a personal insult to him to refuse attendance at the consecration of the temple which he had constructed at Jerusalem. The motive by which Marcellus was induced to write this work was that Asterius, who was a sophist and a native of Cappadocia, had written a treatise in defense of the Arian doctrines, and had read it in various cities, and to the bishops, and likewise at several Synods where he had attended. Marcellus undertook to refute his arguments, and while thus engaged, he, either deliberately or unintentionally, fell into the opinions of Paul of Samosata. He was afterwards, however, reinstated in his bishopric by the Synod of Sardis, after having proved that he did not hold such sentiments.

Περὶ Μαρκέλλου τοῦ Ἀγκύρας, καὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτοῦ καὶ καθαιρέσεως.

Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε καὶ Μάρκελλον Ἀγκύρας ἐπίσκοπον τῆς Γαλατῶν, ὡς καινῶν δογμάτων εἰσηγητὴν, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντα ἐκ Μαρίας τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰληφέναι, καὶ τέλος ἕξειν τὴν αὐτοῦ βασιλείαν, καὶ γραφήν τινα περὶ τούτου συντάξαντα, συνελθόντες ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει καθεῖλον, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐξέβαλον: καὶ Βασιλείῳ, δεινῷ λέγειν, καὶ ἐπὶ παιδεύσει ὑπειλημμένῳ, ἐπιτρέπουσι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν τῆς Γαλατῶν παροικίας. Καὶ ταῖς αὐτόθι ἐκκλησίαις ἔγραψαν, ἀναζητῆσαι τὴν Μαρκέλλου βίβλον, καὶ ἐξαφανίσαι, καὶ τοὺς τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦντας, εἴτινας εὕροιεν, μεταβάλλειν.

Καὶ διὰ μὲν τὸ πολύστιχον τῆς γραφῆς, μὴ τὸ πᾶν ὑποτάξαι βιβλίον ἐδήλωσαν: ῥητὰ δέ τινα ἐνέθηκαν τῇ αὐτῶν ἐπιστολῇ, πρὸς ἔλεγχον τοῦ δοξάζειν αὐτὸν τάδε. Ἐλέγετο δὲ πρός τινων, ταῦτα ὡς ἐν ζητήσει εἰρῆσθαι Μαρκέλλῳ, καὶ ὡς ὡμολογημένα διαβεβλῆσθαι καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ παρὰ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον: καθότι ὑπερφυῶς ἐχαλέπαινον αὐτῷ, μήτε ἐν τῇ κατὰ Φοινίκην συνόδῳ συντεθειμένῳ τοῖς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ὁρισθεῖσι, μήτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐπὶ Ἀρείῳ, μήτε τῆς ἀφιερώσεως τοῦ μεγάλου μαρτυρίου μετασχόντι, δἰ ἀποφυγὴν τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίας.

Ἀμέλει τοι γράφοντες περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ταῦτα εἰς διαβολὴν προὔφερον: ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ ὑβρισμένου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀξιώσαντος τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν τιμῆσαι τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ οἰκοδομηθέντος.

Πρόφασις δὲ γέγονε Μαρκέλλῳ ταύτης τῆς γραφῆς, Ἀστέριός τε ἐκ Καππαδοκίας σοφιστὴς, ὃς καὶ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος λόγους συγγράφων τῇ Ἀρείου δόξῃ συμφερομένους, περιϊὼν τὰς πόλεις ἐπεδείκνυτο, καὶ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις καὶ ταῖς γινομέναις συνόδοις ὡς ἐπίπαν παρεγίνετο. Ἀντιλέγων γὰρ αὐτῷ Μάρκελλος, ἢ ἑκὼν, ἢ οὐχ οὕτω νοήσας, εἰς τὴν Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσατέως ἐξεκυλίσθη δόξαν. Ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν τῇ ἐν Σαρδοῖ συνόδῳ ὕστερον τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀνείληφε, μὴ φρονεῖν ὧδε λογισάμενος.

2.34 Death of Constantine the Great; he died after Baptism and was buried in the Temple of the Holy Apostles

The emperor had already divided the empire among his sons, who were styled Cæsars. To Constantine and Constans he awarded the western regions; and to Constantius, the eastern; and as he was indisposed, and required to have recourse to bathing, he repaired for that purpose to Helenopolis, a city of Bithynia. His malady, however, increased, and he went to Nicomedia, and was initiated into holy baptism in one of the suburbs of that city. After the ceremony he was filled with joy, and returned thanks to God. He then confirmed the division of the empire among his sons, according to his former allotment, and bestowed certain privileges on old Rome and on the city named after himself. He placed his testament in the hands of the presbyter who constantly extolled Arius, and who had been recommended to him as a man of virtuous life by his sister Constantia in her last moments, and commanded him with an added oath to deliver it to Constantius on his return, for neither Constantius nor the other Cæsars were with their dying father. After making these arrangements, Constantine survived but a few days; he died in the sixty-fifth year of his age, and the thirty-first of his reign. He was a powerful protector of the Christian religion, and was the first of the emperors who began to be zealous for the Church, and to bestow upon her high benefactions. He was more successful than any other sovereign in all his undertakings; for he formed no design, I am convinced, without God. He was victorious in his wars against the Goths and Sarmatians, and, indeed, in all his military enterprises; and he changed the form of government according to his own mind with so much ease, that he created another senate and another imperial city, to which he gave his own name. He assailed the pagan religion, and in a little while subverted it, although it had prevailed for ages among the princes and the people.

After the death of Constantine, his body was placed in a golden coffin, conveyed to Constantinople, and deposited on a certain platform in the palace; the same honor and ceremonial were observed, by those who were in the palace, as were accorded to him while living. On hearing of his father’s death, Constantius, who was then in the East, hastened to Constantinople, and interred the royal remains with the utmost magnificence, and deposited them in the tomb which had been constructed by order of the deceased in the Church of the Apostles. From this period it became the custom to deposit the remains of subsequent Christian emperors in the same place of interment; and here bishops, likewise, were buried, for the hierarchical dignity is not only equal in honor to imperial power, but, in sacred places, even takes the ascendancy.

Περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ μεγάλου Κωνσταντίνου, καὶ ὡς ὕστερον βαπτισθεὶς ἐτελεύτησε, ταφεὶς ἐν τῷ νεῷ τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων.

Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ἤδη πρότερον εἰς τοὺς παῖδας Καίσαρας ὄντας τὴν ἀρχὴν διελὼν, καὶ Κωνσταντίνῳ μὲν καὶ Κώνσταντι τὰ πρὸς δύσιν ἀπονείμας, Κωνσταντίῳ δὲ τὰ πρὸς ἕω, μαλακισθεὶς τὸ σῶμα, ὡς αὐτομάτοις λουτροῖς χρησόμενος, ἧκεν εἱς Ἑλενόπολιν Βιθυνῶν. Χαλεπώτερον δὲ διατεθεὶς, διεκομίσθη εἰς Νικομήδειαν: ἔνθα δὴ ἐν προαστείῳ διάγων, ἐμυήθη τὴν ἱερὰν βάπτισιν: ἐπὶ τούτῳ τε σφόδρα ἡσθεὶς,

χάριν ὡμολόγει τῷ Θεῷ. Διαθήκην τε ποιήσας, τοῖς μὲν παισὶ διένειμε τὴν ἀρχὴν, ὡς πρότερον: πρεσβεῖα δὲ, τὰ μὲν τῇ πρεσβυτέρᾳ Ῥώμῃ, τὰ δὲ τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ καταλιπὼν, ἔδωκε τὴν διαθήκην τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ, ὃν ἐπαινέτην ὄντα Ἀρείου, ἀγαθὸν δὲ τῷ βίῳ, παρέθετο αὐτῷ τελευτῶσα Κωνσταντία ἡ ἀδελφή: καὶ ὅρκον προσθεὶς, ἐνετείλατο Κωνσταντίῳ δοῦναι ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκηται: οὔτε γὰρ οὗτος, οὔτε ἄλλος τῶν Καισάρων παρῆν τῷ πατρὶ τελευτῶντι.

Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα ἐντειλάμενος, ὀλίγας ἐπεβίω ἡμέρας: καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἀμφὶ πέντε καὶ ἑξήκοντα ἔτη γεγονώς: ἐν τούτοις δὲ, τριάκοντα καὶ ἓν βασιλεύσας. Ἀνὴρ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τῆς Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας ἐπαινέτης, ὡς καὶ πρῶτος βασιλέων ἆρξαι τῆς περὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας σπουδῆς, καὶ εἰς ἄκρον ἐπιδόσεως ἀγαγεῖν.

Ἐπιτευκτικὸς δὲ, ὡς οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴτις ἕτερος, ἐν οἷς ἐπεχείρησεν: ἄνευ γὰρ Θεοῦ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, οὐκ ἐπεχείρει. Ὅς γε πολέμων τε τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ συμβάντων πρός γε Γότθους καὶ Σαυρομάτας περιεγένετο, καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν πρὸς τὸ δόξαν αὐτῷ οὕτω ῥᾳδίως μετεσχημάτισεν, ὡς ἑτέραν καταστῆσαι βουλὴν, καὶ βασιλίδα πόλιν τὴν ἐπώνυμον αὐτῷ. Τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν θρησκείαν ἅμα τε ἐπεχείρησε, καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καθεῖλεν, ὑπό τε ἀρχόντων τε καὶ ἀρχομένων ἐκ τοσούτου χρόνου σπουδασθεῖσαν.

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε, διεκομίσθη αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐν λάρνακι χρυσῇ, καὶ ἐπὶ βήματος τινὸς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἀπετέθη. Τιμὴ δὲ καὶ τάξις ὥσπερ εἰς ζῶντα, ἡ αὐτὴ ἐγένετο παρὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις. Ὡς δὲ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν θᾶττον αὐτῷ μηνυθεῖσαν ἔγνω Κωνστάντιος ἐν τῇ ἕῳ διατρίβων, σπουδῇ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν κατέλαβε: καὶ βασιλικῶς κηδεύσας αὐτὸν, ἔθαψεν ἐν τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἔνθα δὴ περιὼν αὐτὸς Κωνσταντῖνος ἑαυτῷ τάφον κατεσκεύασεν.

Ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ, ὡς ἔκ τινος ἀρχῆς ἔθους γενομένου, καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα τελευτήσαντες ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει βασιλεῖς Χριστιανοὶ κεῖνται. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπίσκοποι, ὡς καὶ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ὁμοτίμου τῆς βασιλείας οὔσης, μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς τόποις καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἐχούσης.

Philip Schaff and Henry Wace (eds.), New York: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1890-1900. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Second Series). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Save for later

Enter your email and we will send you a sign-in link. No password. What you save (articles, verses, chapters, documents) follows you to any device.